j^a 


■ 


bam^H^I 


J,  ff.  Gfaawfor.  w^>.  ffi* 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

Theological    Seminary, 

PRINCETON,    N.  J. 

C«*e> «..»>■«-! 

Shelf,    aw?5.0,,^ 
Booh, 

/ 


Lv 


THi:  NINTH  EDITION 


HEBREW    GRAMMAR, 


CONSIDERABLY    ALTERED, 


MUCH   IMPROVED. 


BY   JOSEPH   SAMUEL   C.  F.  FREY, 

EDITOR     OF    A    NEW    EDITION    OF     VANDERHOOGHT's    HEBREW    BIBLE, 

AND   A0THOR    OF    A    HEBREW    LEXICON, 

IN    LATIN   AND    ENGLISH. 


NEW-YORK: 

PUBLISHED    BY    WILLIAM    BIGELOW, 

No.  55  Fulton-street,  Brooklyn. 


1835. 


D.  Fanshaw,  Printer. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 


http://www.archive.org/details/nintheditionofheOOfrey 


PREFACE  OF  THE  FIRST  EDITION. 


A  HE  knowledge  of  different  Languages  has  ever  been  con- 
sidered the  only  genuine  key  to  the  records  of  history  and  the 
learning  of  past  ages. 

The  Greek  and  Latin,  amongst  the  more  ancient  languages, 
have  each  their  peculiar  advantages,  which  have  been  estimat- 
ed by  the  learned  of  all  countries.  Of  late  years,  the  Arabic, 
Persian,  and  other  Eastern  tongues,  have  also  been  studied 
with  considerable  success  and  great  augmentation  to  the  ge- 
neral stores  of  literature.  But  to  the  Scholar,  to  the  Chris- 
tian, and  more  especially  to  the  minister  of  the  Gospel,  the 
acquirement  of  the  Hebrew  language,  (it  being  that  in  which 
the  Old  Testament  was  originally  written,)  presents  itself  with 
peculiar  force  and  propriety,  as  an  object  very  greatly  to  be 
desired. 

At  the  present  enlightened  period  of  the  world,  and  in  the 
happy  country  in  which  we  live,  where  zealous  endeavours  are 
making  to  promote  the  conversion  of  the  Jews,  it  might  be 
urged  that  the  Hebrew  language,  if  well  understood,  rightly 
pronounced,*  and  brought  into  use,  for  that  purpose,  might  be 
most  efficacious  to  nrove,  from  Moses  and  the  Prophets,  that 
Jesus  is  the  Christ. 

There  are,  however,  comparatively,  but  very  few  persons 
who  have  a  knowledge  of  the  Old  Testament  in  the  original 


*  If  Christian  preachers  were  sensible  of  the  good  or  bad  effects  produced  upon 
the  minds  of  the  Jews,  according  as  they  pronounce  the  Hebrew  language  correct- 
ly or  incorrectly,  they  would  think  no  time  too  long,  and  no  pains  too  great,  to  ac- 
quire the  correct  and  accurate  pronunciation.  This  Note  is  particularly  worthy  the 
consideration  of  the  Anti-Punctuists. 


IV 


tongue:  one  cause  of  which,  maybe  the  want  of  suitable  Gram- 
mars ;  those  in  use  being,  in  general,  either  so  bulky  as  to  ex* 
haust  the  strength  and  patience  of  the  student,  or  so  intricate 
as  to  perplex  and  bewilder  him  ;  and  there  are  yet  others, 
which,  in  order  to  avoid  these  evils,  are  so  short  that  they  fail 
entirely  of  conveying  the  desired  instruction.  There  are,  in- 
deed, a  few  which  are,  in  some  measure,  free  from  these  defects; 
but,  being  written  in  Latin,  they  are  to  the  generality  of  readers 
sealed  up  and  useless.  Thus  many  persons,  who,  from  love 
and  veneration  to  the  Bible,  would  gladly  study  Hebrew,  are 
either  afraid  to  begin,  or  are  soon  wearied  with  the  task. 

A  consideration  of  these  several  circumstances  has  led  the 
author  to  revise  and  enlarge  the  present  work,  originally  com- 
posed for  the  instruction  of  the  students  in  the  Missionary  Se- 
minary at  Gosport;  and,  for  a  number  of  years  together,  it 
has  been  his  study  to  improve,  from  every  source  of  which 
he  could  avail  himself  in  the  Hebrew,  Latin,  English,  and 
German  languages,  and  to  render  it  as  simple,  yet,  at  the  same 
time,  as  comprehensive,  as  possible. 

From  the  office  of  Hebrew  Teacher,  which  the  author  sus- 
tained amongst  his  own  nation,  and  from  the  numerous  pupils 
he  has  since  had  amongst  Christians,  he  has  had  opportunities 
of  trying  and  altering  the  Rules,  as  long  as  the  pupils  met  with 
auy  difficulty  ;  and  he  humbly  hopes  he  has,  in  some  measure, 
succeeded  in  opening  the  way  to  obtain  the  knowledge  of  this 
most  ancient  and  sacred  language,  in  less  time,  and  with  far 
less  difficulty  and  perplexity  than  any  other  language,  whether 
ancient  or  modern.  This  Grammar  is  divided  into  distinct 
chapters,  and  each  chapter  followed  by  exercises  according  to 
the  preceding  Rules,  that  practice  and  theory  might  go  hand 
in  hand. 

THE  AUTHOR. 

London  i — Mount  Street,   H'hitecliapel  Road.  } 
May,  1813.  \ 


PREFACE  TO  THE  PRESENT  EDITION. 


»«??« 


IN  the  preface  to  this  edition  the  author  intended  to  have 
introduced  several  important  dissertations  on  the  antiquity  and 
utility  of  the  Hebrew  Language,  on  the  authority  and  import- 
ance of  the  Vowel  Points,  &tc.  &c.  but  time  and  circumstances 
will  allow  him  to  add  only  a  few  words  to  the  original 
preface. 

1.  This  is  a  new  edition  of  the  author's  own  Grammar,  pub- 
lished in  London,  in  1811.  This  observation  appears  to  be 
necessary,  lest  he  should  be  charged  with  plagiarism  by  those 
who  have  seen  "  a  Hebrew  Grammar,  published  at  Harvard 
College,  in  1817,  by  Professor  Willard,"  in  which  almost  every 
Rule  and  Exercise  appears  to  be  taken  from  the  above  edition 
of  1811,  with  the  exception  of  the  chapter  on  Syntax,  and  some 
alteration  in  the  Pronunciation. 

2.  The  author's  indefatigable  labours  in  the  original  com- 
position of  this  Grammar,  and  the  great  expense  in'its  publica- 
tion, have  been  abundantly  recompensed  by  the  public  appro- 
bation the  work  hath  met  with.  A  large  edition  was  soon  dis- 
posed of.  It  hath  been  reprinted  in  London,  and  several  edi- 
tions have  appeared  in  an  abridged  or  slightly  altered  form. 
The  high  encomiums  the  work  hath  received  from  some  of  the 
best  reviewers  and  critics  are  too  many  and  too  large  to  be 
inserted  here.  A  single  testimony  from  the  Rev.  James  Kidd, 
professor  of  Oriental  Languages  in  the  Marishal  College  and 
University  of  Aberdeen,  must  suffice. 

"  After  an  attentive  perusal  of  Mr.  Frey's  Grammar,  and 
after  comparing  it  with  others,  [  have  to  remark  that,  in  gene- 


ral,  it  equals  the  best  Hebrew  Grammars  that  have  appeared ; 
that  his  plan  is  altogether  of  a  different  nature,  and  highly 
superior ;  that  in  his  attempts  to  procure  an  accurate  pronun- 
ciation of  the  Hebrew  Language,  he  exceeds  all  his  predeces- 
sors;  that  his  view  of  the  particles  is  a  most  superior  and 
elaborate  article;  that,  in  fine,  the  Grammar  possesses  a  rank 
high  in  Oriental  literature." 

3.  In  tins  edition  the  author  hath  made  considerable  altera- 
tions and  additions.  To  remove  every  stumbling  block  out  of 
the  way,  and  to  make  the  student's  path  as  smooth  as  possible, 
most  of  the  exceptions,  and,  at  first,  unnecessary  rules,  have 
been  thrown  into  an  Appendix.  As  the  greatest  difficulty  in 
the  study  of  the  Hebrew  Language  arises  from  the  numerous 
irregular  verbs,  which  dropping  one  or  more  of  their  radicals, 
leave  the  student  in  perplexity  how  to  find  the  Root,  by  which 
not  a  few  have  been  so  discouraged  as  to  give  up  the  whole  in 
disgust,  the  author  hath  added  in  this  edition  all  the  irregular 
verbs,  about  800  in  number,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order, 
under  their  respective  classes,  and  hopes  the  student  will  trea- 
sure up  eight  or  ten  words  a  day,  which  will  greatly  facilitate 
his  labour. 

4.  It  hath  been  a  matter  of  deep  regret  to  the  author  that  so 
many  typographical  errors  had  crept  into  the  former  edition. 
Great  care  hath  been  taken  to  make  the  present  work  as  perfect 
as  possible,  yet  should  any  mistakes  be  discovered  by  the 
author,  or  be  pointed  out  to  him,  they  may  easily  be  corrected, 
as  the  work  is  stereotyped. 

5.  It  is  impossible  for  the  author  to  express  his  pleasure  and 
satisfaction  in  witnessing  the  great  attention  which  hath  been 
excited  to  the  study  of  the  Hebrew  Language  within  the  last 
twenty-five  years.  Surely  this  i-;  an  omen  for  gooq.  Not  only 
will  the  study  and  knowledge  of  the  Old  Testament  be  pro- 
moted thereby,  but  may  it  not  be  considered  an  encouraging 
sign,  that  the  salvation  of  Israel  is  at  hand?  Who  knows  not 
that  whilst  the  Hebrew  Nation  flourished  the  Hebrew  Language 
was  a  vernacular  tongue?     When  the  tribes  of  Jacob  were  led 


captive  the  Hebrew  Language  was  mixed  with,  and  almost  ex- 
changed for  the  Chaldaic  ;  and  since  Judah  hath  been  scattered 
amongst  all  nations,  and  become  the  object  of  hatred  and  sub- 
ject of  persecution,  the  Sacred  Language  also  hath  been  ne- 
glected, and  become  a  hissing  and  proverb  amongst  the  people ; 
but  of  late  both  the  Hebrew  Nation  and  the  Hebrew  Language 
have  been  remembered  for  good,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  chris- 
tian world  will  never  cease  to  promote  their  true  honour  and 
glory  till  that  happy  day  shall  arrive,  when  "  the  Lord  shall 
turn  to  the  people  a  pure  language,"  and  "  all  shall  speak  the 
language  of  Canaan." 

That  this  Grammar  may,  at  least,  in  some  measure  be  sub- 
servient in  forwarding  this  important  end,  is  the  desire  and 
prayer  of 

THE  AUTHOR. 

Jttto-York,  September,  1823. 


o<i>Etvasrv 


Chapter.  Page. 

I.  The  Alphabet    ...  1 
Exercise  1.  Letters  only  2 

II.  Points 3 

Sec.  1.  Vowels       .     .  3 

2.  Maph-pik       .  4 

3.  Dagesh       .     .  5 

4.  Mak-kaph       .  5 

5.  Accents 

Exercise  2.  Letters  and 

Points         .... 
Exer.  3.  Letters,  points, 
and  Accents    ...       7 
III.  Reading    ....       8 
Exer.   4  to  9,    Spelling 
and  Reading  Lessons      9 
IV.  Article        ....     20 
V.  Nouns  .....     20 
VI.  Adjectives       .     .     .22 
VII.  Pronouns   ....     23 
Pronouns  Declined       24 
Do.  affixed  to  Nouns    25 

VIII.  Verbs 26 

Example   of  a    regular 

Verb 

Exer.  10.  Verbs  conju- 
gated like  "7^7       .     38 

Tables  or  Paradigms  of  a  regular 
and  of  irregular  Verbs: 

Paradigm  1 .  Of  a  regular 
Verb     loS  •     •     40 


Chapter.  Pagt 

VIII.  Parad.  2.  Of  an  irregu- 
lar Verb  tf"fi        SSK     42 

-  T 

3.  >"S       2&*      44 

-  T 

4.  yQ        85^3      46 

-   T 

5.  YV        Dip      48 

6.  «$  Geminatum  DDD     50 

7.  K"7       N¥£     52 

T    x 

8.         rrS      nSj  54 

T    T 

9.    The    Substantive 

Verb  .     .     (Ti7     56 

T   T 

IX.  Pronominal   affixes    to 
Verbs       ....     60 

Paradigm  of  a  Verb  with 
Pronominal  Affixes     61 
X.  Particles     ....     63 

XI.  Servile  letters     .     .       69 

XII.  Rules  for  finding  the 
Root       ....     71 

XIII.  Changes    of  Letters 
and  Points  ...     72 

XIV.  Numerals  ....     74 
XV.  Syntax        ....     75 

Analysis  ....  78 
Appendix,  containing  addi- 
tional rules  and  exempli- 
fications in  the  order  of 
the  preceding  chapters  89 
Genesis,  chapters  1  to  5,  in 
Hebrew        U9 


HEBREW    GRAMMAR, 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  ALPHABET. 


Col.  1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

Pinal 
Letters. 

Figure. 

Names. 

Correspond- 
ing Letters. 

Numerical 
Power. 

Similarity  in 
shape. 

N    1 

Aleph 



1 

^l2 

Baith 

B 

2 

3    3 

Vaith 

V 

J     3 

Gimmel 

G 

3 

J     Jl 

1     4 

Daleth 

D 

4 

n   5 

Hay 

H 

5 

1  1  1 

1      6 

Wav 

W 

6 

r    7 

Zayin 

Z 

7 

n  n  n 

n   s 

Cheth 

Ch 

S 

D    9 

Teth 

T 

9 

?  t  V 

*  10 

Yood 

Y 

10 

1 

5!" 

Caph 

C 

20 

0  D 

1 

Chapii 

Ch 

»7  12 

Lamed 

L 

30 

D   D 

D 

0  13 

Mem 

M 

40 

•> 
i 

J  14 

Noon 

N 

50 

tf  y 

i 

D  15 

Samech 

S 

60 

tf  16 

Ay  in 



70 

fr  S2> 

n 

Pay 

P 

80 

Phay 

Ph 

r 

¥  18 

Tzade 

Tz 

90 

P   19 

Koof 

K 

100 

S20 

Raish 

R 

200 

^21 

Sheen 

Sh 

300 

Seen 

s 

n^22 

nr2 

Tav 

T 

400 

Thav 

Th 

Rule  1.  The  Hebrew  Alphabet  contains   twenty-two  letters 
all  of  which  are  consonants,  see  column  2. 

R.  2.  The  five  letters  in  col.  1 ,  are  called  by  the  same  name  as 
those  opposite  in  col.  2,  with  the  addition  of  the  word  final,  be- 
cause they  are  used  only  at  the  end  of  a  word,  whilst  the  others 
are  only  used  in  the  beginning  and  middle  of  a  word. 

R.  3.  In  pronouncing  the  names  of  the  letters  in  col.  3,  and 
wherever  a  Hebrew  word  is  represented  by  English  letters,  be 
careful  to  pronounce  the.tf  always  broad,  like  a  in  Father;  the  E 
like  the  first  e  in  Leger  ;  the  /  like  i  in  Machine ;  and  the  CH 
as  a  guttural,  and  never  like  an  H  or  K. 

R.  4.  Aleph  and  Ayin  have  no  corresponding  letter,  their  pro- 
per sound  being  now  unknown. 

N.  B.  Before  the  student  proceeds  to  the  next  chapter  he 
should  be  able  readily  to  distinguish  between  the  letters  in  col.  G. 

EXERCISE    I. 

LETTERS  ONLY. 

JVote.  In  this  exercise  the  student  "ill  simply  call  over  the  name  of  each  letter. 

pNm  part  n&o  p*oe>n  rus*  omSn  Kia  jwk12 
d*hSn  rrm  oinn  ♦jfi'Sy  "jBtn  inai  "inn  nrvn 
iwwi  "vux  ».t  D»nbN  i&'m  D»on  ♦Jfirbtf  nsmia 
•nan  pa  dmSk  bian  aitr>a  -nan-nit  D*fA«  Kin 
nS*S  Kip  -|tr'nSi  dv  tinS  dmSn  anpn  -jtrnn  pai 
5  in**  dv  ipa-»rrn  aiirMn 

pa  bnao  »nn  ovjn  -pna  ypn  »rr  d\iSn  no*n 
D*an  pa  Snan  jppirrnK  tfr?1?**  fryn  d'dS  o*d 
irpnS  Si/b  its>«  o»on  pai  ypnS  nnno  ib>k 
aurwi  b£'P#  rpiS  a»nSx  xnpn   p-*nn 

s  W  dv  -inmnn 


irrtf  oipo-7N  D*D8tef  nnno  D\sn  np»  d»hSn  naan 
pa*  Wa>S  d'hSn  «npn  p-»m  Wa»rr  nN-irn 
lOKn  aicr»a  dtiSk  kti  o>o*  Kip  D'on  mpoSi 
ns  py  in?  ynro  sirr  wan  p^n  x&nn  wnhx 
K*"im  p"*ftn  f  nab  Sy  lanjnr  -ib>n  wdS  rfla  rffew 
ns  nw  pn  iri5»bS  mr  yn?D  nby  Nan  pN*rT 

3  *c?>?v  dv  npn  ■♦nn 

pa  V-onS  ero^n  ypna  mND  »n*  dthk  n»*n 
d  wi  d»o»Si  DHnoSi  nnN*S  vm  nS'Sn  pai  ovn 
♦m  parrSr  TfcnS  d»dbTi  ypna  rniND?  vm 


CHAPTER  II. 

POINTS. 

R.  5.  The  various  characters,  besides  the  letters,  are  explained 
in  the  following  sections. 

Section  1.     Vowels. 
R.  6.  The  vowels  are  ten  in  number. 

Five  Long.  Five  Short. 

Ka-maitz    "T  like  a  in  Father.   J  Pa-thach    1  like  a  in  Art. 
Tzai-ray     "I        ay  in  Hay.  Se-gol         1  e  in  Leger 

Chi-rick    *7        i  in  Machine,    j  Chi-rick      "T  i  in  It. 

Cho-lam  i"T        o  in  Lo.  J  Kiv-bootz  7  u  in  Must. 

Shu-raik  11        oo  in  Boot.        j  She-wa       "T  e  in  Below. 

N.  B.  The  letter  7  is  used  merely  to  show  the  position  of  the 
vowel. 

R.  7.  The  long  Chirick  is  generally  distinguished  from  the  short 
by  a  *  following  it,  as  *7. 

R.  8.  The  Cholam  is  sometimes  without  a  1,  as  K7  Lo ;  and  its 
place  is  sometimes  supplied  by  the  dot  on  the  £/,  as  tlVfO  Mo-she; 
and  sometimes  by  the  dot  on  the  {£>   as  NJJt^  So-nay. 


4 

R.  9.  The  1  which  bears  the  Cholam  or  Shooraik  is  not  sounded 
as  fJiDfl  Te-cho-nayn,  pmOfl  Te-moo-thoon,  except  when 
it  has  a  vowel,  as  (Tin  Ho-wa. 

R.  10.  Shewa  (•.)  is  pronounced  in  the  following  instances  only, 
and  is  called  Shewa  Na,  i.  e.  to  move  : 

i.  In  the  beginning    of  a  word,  as  *J)3  Be-ni. 

ii.  In  the  middle  of  a  word  after  a  (  =  )  as  Tip1?]!  Til-me-doo. 

iii.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  after  a  long  vowel,  without  the 
tonic  accent,  as  ptT7l  Oo-le-shon,  or  a  short  vowel  with  a  metheg, 
as  TP1  Wa-ye-hi. 

iv.  Under  a  letter  that  is  followed  by  the  same  letter,  as 
PM //PI  Ha-le-loo-yah. 

In  all  other  cases  the  (:)  is  not  sounded,  and  is  therefore  called 
Shewa Nach,  i.e.  to  rest,  or  to  be  quiescent;  and  the  letter  to  which 
it  belongs,  whether  expressed  or  understood,  is  pronounced  with 
the  preceding  vowel,  as  DDt^'J  Nish-math. 

R.  1 1.  When  the  (■ )  Na  ought  to  be  under  one  of  the  gutturals, 
i.  e.  X^nnN,  a  vowel  is  added,  namely  (-)  ( • )  or  (->-),  and  is  called, 
in  general,  a  Compound  Shewa,  but  receives  its  particular  name 
from  that  vowel  with  which  it  is  compounded,  and  which  is  united 
with  the  word  flDH  cha-taph,  (to  snatch,)  as 

Chataph  Pathach         -.  1  (a 


Spo-nl  ••    ^       Exceedingly       i 

segoi  •>       hrt  lik        <  e 


short,  like 

Kamaitz         t:  >  to 


R.  12.  Kamaitz  (t)  before  a  single  (:)  Shewa,  either  expressed, 
or  understood  by  double  dagesh,  or  before  compound  (: )  without 
a  metheg  or  accent  between,  is  pronounced  like  an  o,  and  is  called 
Kamaitz  Chataph,  as  "1P7»1  Hol-mad,  ''fiOD  Ko-so-mi. 

R.  13.  In  the  Hebrew  language  there  is  but  one  diphthong,  viz. 
a  ( * )  without  a  vowel,  preceded  by  (*),  (-),  (/j  ),  or  (  1)  as  U'lN 
A-do-ny,  'niD¥#  Atz-mo-thy,  »13  Goy,  »!|7|  Ga-looy. 

Section  II.      Maph-pik. 

R.  14.  Maphpik  is  a  dot  in  a  H  at  the  end  of  a  word,  the  sign  ot 
the  third  person  singular  feminine  of  the  possessive  pronoun,  and 
strengthens  the  sound  of  the  M. 


5 
Sectioii  III.     Dagesh. 
R.  15.  Dagesh  is  either  single,  double,  or  euphonic. 
R.  16.  The  single  Dagesh   is  only  to  be  found  in  the  letters 
D£)D  "IJ3  Be-GaD  Ca-PHaTH,  and  causes  the  letter  in  which 
it  stands  to  be  pronounced  harder,  as 

Witli  a  Dagesh,         |     T        P       C       D       G     B 
Without  a  Dagesh,   £    ^      ^      >     ^     ^      £ 

Note.  With  respect  to  the  J|  and  "7  we  have  now  no  different 
sound. 

R.  17.  This  Dagesh  is  used  only  in  the  beginning  of  a  word, 
as  *J3  be-ni,  iO*)  ba-ra,  and  after  a  Shewa  Nach,  as  D3^P 
Mish-pat. 

R.  18.  The  double  Dagesh  may  be  found  in  any  letter,  except  the 
gutturals  and  "1 ;  and  the  letter  which  has  such  a  dagesh  is  con- 
sidered as  if  written  twice,  the  first  of  which  has  a  Shewa  Nach 
understood,  as  "1^7  lim-maid,  instead  of  "\f2f2  7- 

Note.  The  nature  and  design  of  the  Euphonic  Dagesh  will  be 
found  in  the  appendix. 

Section  IV.  Mak-kaph. 
R.  19.  Mak-kaph  is  a  small  stroke  like  a  hyphen,  between  two 
words,  joining  them  together,  as  ^3/,^  al  pe"nay?  and  when 
preceded  by  a  word  of  one  syllable,  it  changes  the  long  vowel 
into  its  correspondent  short  one,  as  r"}K!T"73  Col  Ha-a-retz, 
except  it  be  prevented  by  Metheg,  or  by  jf  or  K  ending  the  word, 
as  nnbTin  Taith  Co-chah,  "HD  Mah,  'K'S  Lo,  "Ntf  Tzay. 

T  I"  T 

Section  V.     Accents. 

R.  20.  Every  word  in  the  Bible,  except  when  followed  by  Mak 
kaph,  has  an  accent,  a  table  of  which  will  be  given  in  the  appendix, 
but  the  following  should   be  particularly  remembered,  as  they 
supply  the  English  stops. 

N  WIT)     Re-vi-a  -) 

m.  .     .  >      Comma  , 

K  NnatO     Tiph-cha  C  ' 


X  NflSiJD     Se-gol-ta  > 

r  :  i  -  «  V      Semi  Colon         5 

N       flDfl    f]pj     Sa-kaiph  Ka-ton  ) 

N  njriN    Ath-nach  ^      Colon  ; 

iK  p'D£)     Pe-sik  J      or  Period 

N  pl^D     Sil-look  Period 

Note  1.  pTDJD'^jlD  Soph  pa-sook  (=)  is  placed  at  the  end  of 
every  verse  in  the  Bible. 

Note  2.  A  circle  (°)  over  a  letter,  shows  that  the  word  is  read 
otherwise  than  it  is  written,  i.  e.  according  to  the  vowels  in  the 
text  and  the  letters  in  the  margin.  The  word  in  the  text  is  called 
3*J"0  Ke-thiv,  and  that  in  the  margin  **1p  Keri ;  and  an  as- 
terisk (*)  refers  to  a  difference  in  the  accents  only. 

EXERCISE    II. 

LETTERS      AND      POINTS. 

pmn  piw-nx  T^n  dhidn 

I      t     :    •  :      )      t     :    ■  :■  T    T  :    - 

tSui  pai  -iofip  nnrn^i  fjfTi^  tH?  rrjmn 
tSih  oti  :  DrnN  "vVin  pnvni  jinvtrnis 
ptffMi  ptr'crr"'™  tSip?  n"jjwi  nir^-riN* 
arnp  ry:mfc*  "I'Sin  po^i  j  fioV^"fiN  tVmi 
:  w~m  tSih  ijijfi  nnp  laiarhfc*  -rSin  tot 
tin*  T^n  rjS^rr  ini  TjSpn  -nyru\*  -r»Sin  »#n 
rioStin  :  riHiM  n#K  njvn  -itr>>*  ni?n  rtb^jp" 

BDtfinn  Bfitfliirfw  TSin  ndni  :  ndnvin  *vSin 

T    T  '  T     T  IV  '  T     T      :  T     T 

"irrrm   :  irrrjrrux  tSih  oninn  DTirv-rm  tSih 

t  •      :  t  •    •.  v  '  "  '  T         : 


7 

tSui  mm  rnN-nN*  tSui  orvin  Dnv-nx  -rSin 

T      T      :  T     T  V  "  T  :  T 

7W1?2)  n^p-njs  tSipi  *£"FpJiT!  ♦*  ^ipffi'nij 
iron   :  Sa?  mS-i  nrS  vftjrriio  irnrrriN  tSih 

■■nx  tSih  pmi  pmvijs  T^in  mry*!   :  niry 

•Vote. — In  this  exercise  the  student  is  simply  to  call  over  the 
names  of  the  letters  and  the  vowels,  as  Samech,  Tzayray,  Phay, 
Segol,  Raish,  &c.  &c.  and  not  to  attempt  spelling  till  he  has 
learned  the  rules  in  chapter  3.  This  observation  is  applicable  to 
the  next  exercise  also.     Let  your  motto  be,  slow  and  sure. 

EXERCISE    III. 

LETTERS,    POINTS,    AND    ACCENTS. 

T'rin  "nn^Nn    :  -nrrSarriN  tSui  don*i  ctdn* 

<■     ■::  v  1  •     v:  v  r  (  i-    t   :  ,v   t 

"•  ;•  Kt  -  I  at  -  v  I-  T.rr :    v  :         t  t    :    ■.- 

nivtrrS?   i!n^   :  Ttro  ^Jpin  W&\  *iVlj  rasa 
"iy  ttoi  nm  i^  i  nysiN*  nn-ry  omriKB 

■       T     •  T      JT  TJT         :     ~  *      T  ~  T      ST  l        ~      « 

"Ti?  Sn^'mSj  raw  nm  w  rww  Srn-mSj 

-  -."  .JT  T  I   I1  A  TJT  T     IT        :   -  ■„•    -r  t 

3  :  nni  iw  ny:rus*  rpcr'er? 

1  t    ;t  t  it     :   -         -     j-     T    - 

tax  ono  nvm  nbn  nnm-m^'an  in#*  mSi 

jt    :    .  :     •  :  jt  :   t  -       •      t     -        *=•  •■  -■• 

rrna  mrr  hnsdj  nnNrr  tnbm   ftDpS  nanao 

l  ••  att  it    :     :     ■  v  v     :  I  ••         :  t     t         : 

nnn  ma  kti  pny  rrn  ntr>x  ft  Din  :  anprr 

■f  l  ■  t  »t  s    :        I  •   '  .JT  T  #    T  I   ••     <  :  v  I  1    - 

mortal  :  ".noa  nn^S  ia^a  -m'n  n:n  m*nS 

:      t    :  v   t   -  t    •    ;-         :  v   s  v         >  -  ^r  t  -:  j-  c 


131^03  v'^i*  nxy  n\rv:  jjg^fi  r\}r\  nbt<mLm?v 
^ji^'n  onp  nnjpjp  xyt\  Sx  "nTf?  ^pv  ibxS 
mSn  :  Kin  tf-rpn  nno  m  n-in  "Wn  nx  »S 

jt  :   t  :  i  v  I ;    -         -        i  ■•  n  jt  A'    -: 

CHAPTER    III. 

READING. 

R.  21.  Hebrew  is  read  from  the  right  to  the  left  hand,  as  JO  3 

TT 

ba-ra. 

R.  22.  Syllables  are  composed  of  consonants  and  vowels,  and 
are  either  pure  or  mixed. 

i.  A  pure  syllable  consists  of  a  consonant  and  vowel,  as  7  La. 

ii.  A  mixed  syllable  has  two  or  three  consonants  and  one 
vowel  only,  as  "TO  mad,  fl"|P  madt. 

R.  23.  Every  syllable  begins  with  a  consonant,  as  TJ 7Q  me-lech, 
except  T  in  the  beginning  of  a  word,  as  fo*Y\  oo-re-voo,  and 
pathach  at  the  end  of  a  word  under  f"T  or  H,  as  Hi")  Roo-ach, 
rtSN  E-lo-ah. 

R.  24.  Every  letter  requires  a  vowel,  except  at  the  end  of  the 
word,  where  a  Shewn  Nach  is  understood,  as  "TO^  La-mad,  in- 
stead of  "TJD /• 

Exception. — The  letters  Ehevi,  i.  e.  ^HN  are  sometimes  without 
a  vowel,  and  are  silent,  and  therefore  called  quiescents ;  as  the  X 
in  &na  Ba-ra,  DNttD  Ma-tza-tha;  the  17  in  H^T  Ra-a  ;  and 

TT  TTT  T  .  T  . 

the  ")  when  bearing  the  Cholom  or  Shuraick,- as  IDu'  She-mo, 

VH  Ha-yoo,   and   the   *   in  O  ki.      1  Wav  without  a  vowel  is 

pronounced  like  v. 

R.  25.  A  long  vowel  may  end  the  syllable,  as  7  La  ;  but  at  the 

end  of  a  word  or  sentence  it  takes  also  the  succeeding  consonant, 

as")J  Gair,  or  3fc^*  Ya-shav,   and   TOl^  A-mad,  in  Ps.  i.   1.   in 

which  it  becomes  a  short  vowel. 

R.26.  A  short  vowel  requires  a  consonant  besides  its  own,  as  ")p 

Sar,  except   when  accented,  or  followed  by  Metheg,  as  *J"Tp£) 

Pe-ka-da-ni,  "Tp'SO    Wa-a-sher,   or   by   Shewa  single  or  com- 

oound. 


EXERCISE   IV. 

Pure  or  One  Syllable. — Rule  22,  i. 


K  a 

X  ay 

'K  i* 

IN  o 

IK  oo 

3  ba 

3  bay 

♦3  bi 

in  bo 

13  boo 

3  va 

5  vay 

*3  vi 

in  vo 

13  voo 

i  sa 

y  gay 

U  gi 

1-3  go 

y  goo 

1t  da 

"7.  day 

H  di 

in  do 

m  doo 

H  ha 

n  hay 

♦r?  hi 

in  ho 

in  hoo 

1  wa 

1  way 

n  wi 

ii  wo 

11  woo 

?  za 

r  zay 

n  zi 

ir  zo 

If  zoo 

11  cha 

(1  chay 

♦ri  chi 

in  cho 

m  choo 

D  ta 

P  tay 

>£3  ti 

ID  to 

1£3  too 

♦  ya 

?.  yay 

'!  y1 

V  yo 

1»  yoo 

3  ka 

?  kay 

♦3  ki 

13  ko 

13  koo 

',1  3  cha 

5  chay 

♦3  chi 

13  cho 

13  choo 

7    lay 

»5  li 

17  lo 

17  loo 

0  ma 

P  may 

>D  mi 

iD  mo 

10  moo 

,i  5 na 

A  nay 

♦j  ni 

13  no 

1J  noo 

D  sa 

D  say 

♦D  si 

iD  so 

ID  soo 

V  a 

V  ay 

V* 

iy  o 

Itf  oo 

§  Pa 

9  pay 

»jp  pi 

13  po 

1£)  poo 

3  pha 

3  phay 

•0  phi 

Ifl  pho 

15  phoo 

¥  tza 

V  tzay 

>V  tzi 

ft?  tzo 

IV*  tzoo 

JVWe.  In  this  and  the  following  Spelling  exercises,  let  the 
student  cover  over  the  English  and  write  down  the  pronunciation, 
and  then  compare  it  with  the  printed,  and  wherever  he  finds  a 
difference  he  must  examine  into  the  cause,  by  referring  to  the  pre- 
ceding rules.  A  patient  perseverance  through  these  exercises 
will  make  the  student  perfect  in  reading  Hebrew,  which  is  the 
only  difficult  part  of  the  language.  His  future  exercises  will  be 
easy  and  pleasant. 


*  Remember  the  i  is  to  be  pronounced  like  double  ce  in  Bee  and  not  like  t  in  Like 

2 


10 


EXERCISE    V. 

A  mixed  Syllable. — Rule  22,  ii,  and  Rule  25. 


t)N  aph 

S» 

el 

DK  im 

3N 

11V 

n"TD  badt 

"D  bad 

1? 

ben 

.1?  biri 

P 

bun 

J1"p  hart 

ID  vad 

i? 

ven 

S?  vil 

DD 

vum 

fi&l 

gasht 

hy  gai 

'"j  gesh 

"U  gid 

"lj 

gur 

nSn 

dalt 

Q"l  dam 

Si 

del 

11  div 

.n 

dun 

fipi 

dakt 

"IH  har 

DPT 

hem 

|H  bin 

iri 

hul 

ri?.i 

halt 

11  wav 

■n 

wer 

n wiu 

#1 

wush 

nn 

zazt 

"U  zar 

Df 

zem 

w"|?  ziph 

of 

zum 

nir 

zarl 

,JI1  chag 

on 

chem 

'OR  chit 

Hn 

chuph 

run 

chant 

S&  tal 

fg 

ten 

DlD  tim 

Db 

turn 

riin 

nSb 

chart 

T  yad 

#! 

yesh 

□  '  yim 

1? 

yud 

talt 

rp  kaph 

"1? 

ker 

E^'i  kish 

ai 

kuv 

W 

yaivch 

*p  char 

□5 

chem 

"p  chir 

IP 

chun 

11! 

yaird 

nS    lach 

-iS 

led 

|S    lin 

-rV 

lud 

nV* 

yaisht 

10  mar 

fb 

men 

fD   min 

nb 

ninth 

roS 

laicht 

&*j  nash 

"i: 

ner 

TJ  nid 

jj 

nug 

rnn 

mairt 

w"|D  saph 

"ID 

sed 

"ID  sir 

rja 

such 

113 

naird 

Sr  al 

iy 

er 

W  h 

r* 

iitz 

aid 

sart 

n|)   pach 

,l* 

pen 

73  pil 

DD' 

pus 

nnr 

art 

Sfl  phal 

S3 

phel 

"13  phir 

ni) 

phur 

npfl 

phakt 

f|^  tzaph 

Sv 

tzel 

|¥  tzin 

IV 

tzun 

nnv 

tzart 

[15  ^an 

3B 

kev 

3p  kiv 

DP 

kum 

eVp 

kosht 

tI}"l  rav 

D1 

rem 

31  "g 

n 

rutz 

n'nn 

rart 

Sb>  shal 

18? 

sher 

W  shir 

w 

shuv 

*)'&  sar 

afc 

sev 

Db*  sim 

DC* 

sum 

DD  tarn 

i* 

ten 

"IH  tir 

ih 

tud 

□ii  tham 

D^ 

them 

rjn   thiph 

win  thuph 

11 


EXERCISE   VI. 

Words  of  Tivo  Syllables. 


1    The  first  syllable  pure,  the  other 
mixed. 


1DK  A-mar 

-  T 

"HID  Ba-char 

_     T 

blJT  Ga-dal 
ni  Da-rash 

—  T 

Tin  Ha-dar 

-    T 

3H1  Wa-hav 

—  T 

rO?  Za-vath 

—  T 

pSn  Cha-lak 
mD  Ta-rach 

— r 

"IT  Ya-dad 
"TDD  Ka-vad 

-J07  La-mad 

-  T 

m0  Ma-wath 
KOJ  Na-gash 
1j|p  Sa-gar 
131?  A-vad 

-  T 

"IDS  Pa-thar 


2.  Both  mixed. 

ipN  Ek-kov  (R.  18.) 
fioSa  Bil-mod 
nnfij  Goph-rith  (R.  12.) 
DinS"T  Dal-thoth 

mn  Hav-woth  (R.  18.) 
l?^m  Oo-the-sha 
D"Of  Zich-ram 
*")"in  Chad-ray 
HKOD  Tum-ah 
yWQ\  Yiph-sha 
ni£3J5  Kan-photh 
HOS  Lom-mah  (R.  12.) 
a*B>'jJO  Mak-shiv 
DOEO  Nish-math 
DH "ID  Sar-tem 

ri"ir^  Ez-rath 
\T\T)h  Poth-hen 
Observation.  As  all  grammarians  agree  in  the  following  rules  : 
1.  That  a  Begad  Caphath  letter,  without  the  Single  Dagesh,  is 
pronounced  soft ;  (R.  16.)  2.  That  it  has  this  Dagesh  only  in  the 
beginning  of  a  word,  and  in  the  middle  after  a  (:)  Nach;  (R.  17.) 
3.  That  the  Double  Dagesh  doubles  the  letter,  the  first  of  which 
has  a  ( :)  Nach  understood;  (R.  18.)  does  it  not  hence  follow,  that 
when  a  Double  Dagesh  is  in  a  Begad  Caphath  letter,  the  first 
must  be  pronounced  soft,  and  the  second  hard,  as  Jl3p  Kiv-both, 
as  if  written  fia^p-  Why*  then,  do  grammarians  not  stick  to 
their  rules,  if  they  expect  their  pupils  to  do  so  f 


12 
EXERCISE   VII. 

Words  of  Three  Syllables. 


♦moN 

:  ■    t 

A-mar-ti 

J1"TOi7  Lo-me-deth 

V  1 V 

t     t  :    - 

Av-ra-ham 

D'llD?  Le-moo-dim 

t           :     • 

Bith-voo-nam 

'fnSlD  Mo-lad-ti 

OnHJD  Big-day-hem 

1f2  7  ft  Me-lam-mayd 

T 

Go-za-loth 

TliO  Ne-e-dar 

^W- 

Ga-a-wah  (R.  26.) 

JinpSj  Nil-me-deth 

T                      — 

Dal-tho-thav 

WftftD  Se-ma-mith 

■    t    : 

t             ; 

De-vo-rah 

iVJirD  Si-no-nith 

^nn 

Hith-av-baych 

niTri^  A-thi-doth 

hzxm 

Hith-av-bayl 

&23$  Ach-ka-vish 

">$k»1 

Wy*-yo-mer 

D^'il^lS  Par-o-shim 

^Ipn  Wy-yik-ra 

*-3i*D£)  Pis-yo-nay 

DO'ror 

Ziv-chay-chem 

W5V  Tziph-o-ni 

^Srrir 

Zo-cha-lay 

D'")S¥  Tzipli-pa-rim 

D^p^'n 

Cash-ma-lim 

D»BHp  Ko-da-shim 

t  t  -; 

Cha-na-mal 

O'tTHp  Ke-do-shim 

n^aa 

Tav-ba-ath 

D*20*)  Re-vi-vim 

d'Sidid 

Te-voo-lim 

D^D'PI   Re-si-sim 

t  : 

Yis-ra-ayl 

D*$KJ#  Shin-an-nim 

t  -     :    • 

Yith-ad-dam 

0*5"^  Se-ra-phim 

t  : 

(??»3 

Ka-a-vel 

HnSn  Til-me-di 

D»an? 

Ke-roo-vim 

rmioSfl  Til-mo-de-nah 

t     :          : 

•  Althongh  the  ♦  expressed  by  the  Dagesh  hath  a  (.- )  understood,  yet  as  it  is  not 
pronounced,  it  comes  under  R.  13. 


13 

EXERCISE   VII. 

Words  of  Four  and  Five  Syllables. 


rPJVDN  Ev-yo-ne-ha 

IjnnflDN  Em-te-cho-thay-noo 

ip^^n?  Be-hay-ov-ko 

D!D*""Tl^iQ3  Be-mo-a-day-chera 

Dh/J/J  Gul-ge-lo-tham 

Tj^niHJ  Ge-di-yo-tha-yich 

OfVrH  De-chi-tha-ni 

D^fii")!  Do-ro-thay-chem 

nQIXn  Ha-a-da-mah 

t      t  -:  IT 

whyn#*T\  Hy-yis-re-ay-lith 
^tpjpN')  We-av-nay-te-cha 
13£Mfl?1  Wy-yith-av-be-choo 
OD'fDt  Ziv-chay-chem 
UfirO?  Ze-nach-ta-noo 

t    :    -  : 

rTnjp")5ri  Cha-phar-phay-roth 
^JlD^H   Choch-ma-the-cha 
Dni^DD  Tav-be-o-tham 
DfTflitfSB   Tav-be-o-thay-hem 
ID*"!**!  Ya-a-di-moo 
x]p"fSv   Yo-lad-te-cha 
101^113  Ke-dor-la-o-mer 

t      :   t  : 

iri^DD  Ke-chal-lo-tho 
m^l  H  7   Le-ho-va-dah 


14 

^JniDNt?    La-a-vo-thay-noo 
D'DIDNO   Ma-a-voo-sim 
JTD3ND   Ma-a-vu-se-ha 

T      V  I'-.    _:  I" 

HTNJ  Ne-e-da-ri 

nVJ<")"l313^  Ne-voo-chad-re-tzar 

*JODD  Se-va-voo-ni 

n*niD*5D  Se-vi-vo-the-ha 

TV 

Qyrhv   O-lo-thay-chem 
DHl^pSp^  A-kal-kal-lo-tham 
?TJV1£)  Pe-di-thi-cha 
D  IT  CD'S  2   Pe-li-tay-hem 
W'/lplV   Tzid-ko-thay-noo 
OiTNXNV   Tze-e-tzv.  ay-hem 

••    1    v:  IV 

?|J3"lp   Kor-ba-ne-cha 
Dir^DID  Kor-ba-nay-hem 

v      ■•  t     :|t 

D'flT")   Riv-bo-tha-yim 
^fi-n  Re-da-phoo-cha 
Vywytf  Sha-a-shoo-av 

t  -:  i~ 

WjHK^  She-ay-ri-the-cha 
n^i^pn  Tar-ne-go-leth 
DD'fil^fi  Te-lu-no-thay-chem. 


15 
EXERCISE   EX. 


READING.— LESSON  I. 

ha-a-retz  we-aith  hash-sha-ma-yim   ayth   E-lo-him :    ba-ra  Be-ray-shith 


pe-nay    al    we-choshech    wa-vo-hoo;    tho-hoo   ha-ye-tha   we-ha-a-retz, 

♦ifi  "Sy    n^'ni       nrrrn      inn    nn»n     pNni 

j-  c  I  v      i    :  t  jt  :  it  |      v  t    t    : 

ham-ma-yim.  pe-nay  al  me-ra-che-pheth  E-lo-him ;  we-roo-ach  the-hom ; 

:  Q?an    »j$i  -W  flsrnp     Q'hSk    nni    Qinn 

E-lo-him     wy-yar     or.      wa-ye-hi     or:    ye-hi     E-lo-him      wy-yo-mer 

D'hSat  nti  m*t  *»nn  nix  >,t    D\nStf    idk*i 

•;•       v:  :s —  i  •  :i  -  rt  J-   :  i"        v:  v        j- 

oo-vayn     ha-or     bayn    E-lo-him  ;    wy-yav-dayl  tov :  ki      ha-or      eth 

pm    Tuxn  pn   D*nStf     Sinn  aier»3  nixn  -nat 

ka-ra    we-la-cho-shech  yom  ;     la-or    E-lo-him  wy-yik-ra  ha-cho-shech. 

*n'j>    ^pnh)     oi' HinS  .ovi^  Nnpn    :^'nn 

Wy.yo-mer    e-chad.     yom    vo-ker    vva-ye-hi     e-rev    wa-ye-hi    ly-lah  : 

IDtf'i  :nnK  dv  npn    ->nn    :ny    "»nn    nS'S 

j-  it    v  ;  |vi  !l—  Vjy  ':|-  T  :  r\T 

bayn    mav-dil ;    wi-hi    ham-ma-yim :  be-lhoch    ra-ki-a    ye-hi    E-lo-him 

pn  Snnp  *nn     D$n     rpru  r*pn  *n;  D*nbH 

wy-yav-dayl,  ha-ra-ki-a;   eth    E-lo-him    wy-ya-as    la-ma-yim.  ma-yim 

Sim      j)>pnn  -na  S'hStf    trm    :  o>eS    o>e 

.....  «         |.        T|T  ...  .  ....  -j—  •   |T     T  •(." 

ham-ma-yim ;  oo-vam  la-ra-ki-a ;  mith-ta-cha-th  a-sher  ham-ma-yim  bayn 

D*an      pjii  3?*pnS     nnnp   n#g  cran    pg 

E-lo-him     wy-yik-ra      chain,     wa-ye-hi      la-ra-ki-a :      may-al     a-sher 

.;•        v:  rr|:-  ll-  ■    :i~  -     Ia-tit  j- ■■  iv     -: 

yom      vo-ker      wa-ye-hi      e-rev      wa-ye-hi      sha-ma-yim :     la-ra-ki-a 

dv    npn     -»nn     nny    "»nn      d»ob>     ypnS 


16 

raith-ta-chath    ham-ma-yim    yik-ka-woo    E-lo-him,  wy-yo-mer  shay-ni 

mnnp      D?§n       tfj^      D'rtSg   *i£tf;i   job? 

hy-yav-ba-shah  :  we-thay-ra-ch  e-chad  ;   ma-kom     el     hash-sha-ma-yim 

nvyn      nmni    ins*    DipD  -Sn   b*b&n 

^T'  T IV       T  I"    .  TV  |  J     T  •  -     T       - 

e-retz ;       ly-yav-ba-shah      E-lo-him     wy-yik-ra       chayn.       wa-ye-hi 
ki     E-lo-him  wy-yar    yam-mim :    ka-ra  ham-ma-yim  oo-le-mik-waih 

-♦a  D^ri^N  *n*i    dvjt     *op    D*an       mpoS'i 

i-         v:  :;--  ff  -  jt|t  ■  i-    -  j-|:     •     : 

ay-sev     de-she ;     ha-a-retz      tad-shay      E-lo-him,     wy-yo-mer     tov. 

2'vy   Ntr'T     jnien    Ntr-in    D'frtw    *idk*i  ::>io 

V     ■•<  v       ■•  I      '."f    T  <■■       :  I-  •  v:  v  J-  i 

vo     zar-o     a-sher    le-mi-no;    pe-ri    o-se    pe-ri  aytz  ze-ra;   maz-ri-a 

ia  "iinr  "*w'i$  iirpS   nf)  nt?if  n$  fr  jnj   #n?D 

ay-sev    de-she  ha-a-retz  wath-to-tzay  chain,    wa-ye-hi    ha-a-retz :    al 

2'vy  xv\  x *\kn    K&ifli     :  [a     "♦nn    part  -Si? 

zar-o     a-sher     pe-ri     o-seh    we-aytz    le-mi-nay-hoo ;    ze-ra    maz-ri-a 

-)vy_  *\tf&  n$  mnwy  pjn      ini»p^     in?  ynrp 

e-rev     wa-ye-hi     tov.       ki     E-lo-him     wy-yar     le-mi-nay-hoo :      vo 

my    -♦m  :  did  -»a  d'hSn    nt»i       ipwdS     ia 

v  ;v  •   :i-  i  i-        v:  :,—  rt"     '     : 

ye-hi      E-lo-him ;      wy-yo-mer      she-li-shi.      yom      vo-ker      wa-ye-hi 

♦rp     o*,iS«      noten    :»^W   bv    npa     -»nn 

<•   :  •         v:  J-  i-        •     :  ;  |v  i  •   :i- 

oo-vain    hy-yom    bayn    le-hav-dil  hash-sha-ma-yim  ;  bir-ki-a  me-o-roth 

pai    ovn   pa  SnpnS    D?»tfh     4^j2")3  rn*<? 

we-sha-nim.  oo-le-ya-mim  oo-le-mo-a-dim ;  le-o-thoth  we-ha-yoo  hal-1  v-lah  : 

it:  i-  t:  j     :  :  <  t  :  t  :/,t    - 

al       le-ha-ir       hash-sha-ma-yim ;       bir-ki-a       lim-o-roth       we-ha-yoo 

mhv  vxnh     o'lbtrn        ypia  n'-iixoS     vm 

-  v.-    t    :  •  -    T      -  -      )  j-    :   ■  <  t    : 

chain     wa-ye-hi     ha-a-retz 

1 1-  •   :i-  )      V|*T  t 


17 
READING.— LESSON  II. 


:xp9)  Sny  -ny  *|ar*t?l  qw  nS  *?  #ipn  *v# 
noiD  innsnn  oWn»  'atr'  *D;ip  nsyo  n^nn 
rt'irr   notf   na^p  :  ?Wn3   rv3E>   rp^v 

t       :  j-  t  v  I     I    •  -  it  •    :  |    ■•      t  - 

nn  »3  :  iStf-in  ;iD33  s'Si  omsoj  n^n 

<  j-  i-  t    •  I  v  iv  ;  ;    :  rt'.'     :  -  S     ■  it  • 

otr  -iuS  njfc>&n3  ♦sni*  onys  riirr  »nx  Son 

,yr  j  t  vt  |"  t  ;■    -  -|T  •  y-  :     •  v:     J  t     .  -:  -    t 

"♦a  rhiT'Dtf  j  Hst'Stid  nny\  :  ipw  dsk3  iib^o 
"Sa  Tom  nin»"ow  iS*S\t  iStr'o  o:n  >m  npS 

t  ;•    T   :  t       :  \  :  •       ••  :       <t    :      i  rt-r  ■  i-    -  \j~( 

mrtrt  nvi  pS  »ob>  *or  yp  pS  :  r^o  ♦dp"  ovn 
"Sy  viNrna  :  ♦isrr  naipn  »!irr^jf"»3 

y*Ojy'0  3iD  1^30  DlSlP  yoiTD  1&3D  ♦Sjn  dnflH 

__,.._  v  _,.._.  .,    T         _    s.      .      _  ■•     -    :        j  ■■  ;     -  -tv 

Sip  in  cm  rpsv  Sip  j^hSn  tiSd  rvvS  ton  row* 

1 1  :    >T         [■■;-  |;  |-|T         v:         |j-t        It.-:  ;■•  ^t  : 

ini'3  :?i»v  rhiv  3i&*'3  int  rya  pr  o  urr  hit 

<:■  I     i  ■  it    . :  ;:  :■        I  ■  -    :        I  ■ «-      _r  ^  •  •    - :         jt  :    - 

Sn-i  isy  niTP  onro  aStr'n*  mmn  hit  m*) 

(.-  t  -  t       :  <-  ■         i-  ■   AT    T  I  ■  i.      :   t  t  :    -  :      - 

on^rrSa  ♦ryS  itr-ip  i^nrriN*  mn'  qtrn  :  dS^'it 

,V  -  t         >.•■••    :  :  J  t       -        j  :  r       :  |<-     t  ITT  i: 

Wtf  WJfrStf  ndcd  d&d  ws  nib  mo 

wkn  ji?5H3  n*S  o   :  ni?v  ♦Ss  \\*jr:  nan  nbino 

•■••It-:  <  -r  it      :        ;"  :  (."  :      i  t    ■  f 

D3&DND1  nirr  hyteb  r?Sh-»3  ?oSn  scS  hdud3i 

IV  :     ■    -     :  t       :  •.■••:•  |<-  r        I     ft    "  I"  J  it  !.    ' 

on*  H3y  SobM  mrr  jSn"^  ♦rrSi* 

rr         rt'  :    ~  i-    :    -         i"    •  r-     t  :     •         ;■•        v: 

nn^o"p  D^an  ^Sr  iodcj*  n&'io  :  tn*o  naji  n^i 

»-;•.■        I  •■  •     -        I    v  t  <     :   it  v     -:  |-  i  i-  t  :  /t    •  : 

vSy  d^3"i  D»i5  n-r»  p  :din*  »J3D  injcni  inxno  ^«o 

•/t   t  -        J'  V-    l<"  it  t        j"  r"  ■  v -:     1     :  A"       :  ~  I'    '" 

"1^1  iNn  bnS  -)5D"nS  "i^iS*  »3P  Drr^s  S'aSo  i^p» 


13 
WESSON  II.      (Continued.) 
">#>»■■• 

mrr  mn  wm^  roan  >a  :  ttJiann  wW'kh 

it       :                 ;:                ,y    T  I  •.    '•       '       '     l"    "."IV         J-                     it  :      ■  v      :    it  i 

T-        I      vjv  V        -:  tt:        (    ■•        -  Tl  T  :  ■         y  - 

nmsmi  njnD-tfyi  inann  "inn  *oi  iS  nx'n-N'S 

i-  :      :   v  :  IV     :  -  I     :  i-     :  •   :  ^tt  j    :  i  -    j  i 

"inpppi  »Sh  #nn  niriKnp  b£k  d*e>'»n  Snm  hpj 
xti'^  Kin  o;Sn  px  nttDBfti  xSi  npj  isaa  b^s 

nmo  irnwo  sono  uwso  SSho  kirn  tnayoi 

<-  rt"  ~:  "  ^T     \  :  "   T  J_  :  :  iv    '•.     : 

»#  ?NaD  bfe   :«S"«snj  mnnnm  vSy  hbiS# 

t       I        j    -  t   "-,  it  t  i     Ti-,    -:r  t  "t  : 

jyjto  n"A?  1)1?  n$  13  #y£n  ninn  w$$  i?nn_S  p*n 
bsBteoi  two  :vs  nnsr  x'Si  noStfj  rrnn  'jsS 

t  :      •    ■  v  <    ■  r  i-    v  ■  j   ■  t^t  :i  v      t  iv:   i        )•• : 

ycr'AD  D"n  ptao  ^m  ^  nnitr  »o  iniTfiKi  npS 

-     ;.•   •  "   ~        I      VJV    ■•  -:   ■  <•         -  ,y  :        J  i  _  v   :  It  \ 

vnba  Ttr'jrnNn  innp  b'yjPvix  frvi  :ioS  rJJ  »ay 

^t         :  it  V    :  :    )  •      t       :  V      !<■•     -  it  -jr.-       ,.•     - 

iton  ran  rfinn  :  vsd  nonn  nti  niry  ddh-kS  Sy 

:-)<■•    t  t        i-  r     :  it    :  ■  >    ■  t     t  jt  t  i  -< 

o»b»  rp**'  ^?  ^^  iVfiJ  b#K  D»b-n"DN*  >Shn 

,V  t         |     j--:i-  -IV  ;v      :•  :   -  t     t  <•     t  •    •»  iv 

yi)b"  hnt  itr'aj  Soro  :n?r  n»n  nm»  rsm 

~t    :      •  jv       :  •  :    -  < :  I"  it    :    •  jt:  it       :        )••;■•: 

:^d^  Nin  anityi  °^nL'  ^r  pnv  p»ny*  irima 
nnn  ^W  pjprr?  B^pi^if'n^i  D.png  i^p^nN  ;5S 

!  rtT  :    •  T    :      l  ,  vt    -  <t?:iv  v     -: 

-*:>  nSr?-N*S  ♦Srrvi  nn  »nvs  nnS>  ah  n-\py  "^ 

r  t    t  i  •-:!-:  <t     •  •     :     ■  t/,tt  j  it|t  -:       /■     t 

•  j-        :   -  it        :  )-    t  vt  :  <•■  :     ■  /t    ■■         i         i-   :  r     ~ 

oiynn-Sx  id*  n^iiD^o  mrnn   n^nx  aipo 

•  /,      :     -  -  l    -  )■  I-  :      :  S         •    i  I  •■    t:  .x  |j 


19 
LESSON  II.     (Continued.) 


SiNEbn  pd»"»3    t^tft   "rmnn   rinrvD  bn^n 

♦3  >Tsnn  ktv3  '073*1-7*0  *^'iin  n*7-o  ^Tn 
j.     .  rt. .  _     j    .    r .  IT .     _ .    .     ..       _,         .  . ,. 

-n^n  kS  rpmj07K  nsnm  TDty'n  M^tf  ^^ 

tr'i-rp  5]?KJi  io^'  fiiN??  pin?  ?j?fcty  ^2?  '?  :  "Tiy 

pniry  pk?'*o-»3    :  ^np'  |nk\4n"S3   »r?7N  7  job" 

■jt        -:  st     •     :  r  |"|t-       I      vvt  t  t  ;■■        v:  ■•  •  t  :     ■ 

iok  dnod  >3  onwj  Wjo  nirr  riNnp  nn  miym 

;-    t  (.-■   t      •         >■  -r  :  :•     S--  :         AT        :        (jt     t|:  (,  -       j  -=;|- 

:^5pN  D\Sn^i  Q^nn^i  ^for#  fbj7  j;ra  i^.ribx 

&hfy  ^Pp?i  ^.PP  W.  ^9  THfiPH   qvp  ?})>&% 
m  >o*»3  :rrirr  tiSk-i  ion  trnom 

/■  •  it       :         |i-  -:  i  j-  T  I    A'     :     "     I- 

I  ;••      I      vat   t  -  i         -j         ■■  J    -.f  ■■.-:■  jv     -: 

nnni  jtio'-kS  rin^o  nom  ru^on  mjnjim 

<•  :  t  i  |j-    •    i"  •   :    -    :  t    a'-'  :  T  t  :    -    : 

pTJ#  *  PJP'  ^Pp^P  "ion  oion  kS  '0i7B> 

?}!"i?8  ^15?  Y^IQ  '&*<  ?llp  ™^  ^5  n^?P 

his1?  ny?"^?1  ifpp-^N?  ^nr^i  HlpiS*  'JDnS 
"O  p^D  >pm  uitofi  np-iva  :rp3  DlStr"  :m  riirr 

■      I      v  "        l<- -:  I-     YiT  '  fvr  T  :     ■  |-|-t  j     :  (,-:  T       . 

"nr  TiJi  jn  :  tpSn  n-iprr&'S  >->  nnnooi  wVn  &7 

■;t  j        l-i"  I  -it   ••  \.-f:      ■  i  y  t     •     :      ■  ■     -r      ■  J 

♦nana  bis  rn  :  Si^  ri^j;  ttdn*  -ij-*d  ♦juko  dsn* 

JT   T  'IT  <••  I     •  )•;-     T  |VT       •_  ;t  A-  ,..  ...  v%. 

•;•       it  :  A"    "I-    =  l1     :  51  TV  j-   :  -    ■■  T'T' 

n1?^  N7  ri^r  ivv  »73-S3   :  SnnS  n»rr^"o  »nN*na 

t:*  -i  |  •       t  <  t  i    •  :  l*     ;      "  ■         ;tt 

:i-  ■     ft-       :  ~  it  :      •    -  |  ;t     •  |     ,T       I     .,     T  T  • 

IT       :  r     •    I-  ;t|t     :   ■     :  st       :  ••  ;     - 


20 

CHAPTER    IV.     The  Article. 

R.  27.  The  Hebrews  have  but  one  article,  expressed  by  r\Hay, 
with  a  (-)  Pathach  prefixed,  to  tl.e  Noun  and  a  Dagesh  in  the 
succeeding-  letter,  as  D'Du'H  the  Heavens. 

CHAPTER  V.     jYouns. 

R.  28.  Nouns  are  either  Masculine,  Feminine,  or  Common. 

i.  Masculine  are  generally  those  words  that  consist  of  the 
radical  letters  only,  as  "Ol  a  word. 

ii.  Feminine  are  those  that  end  in  |"f  or  J""lj  as  HD"T{<  Earth; 
n^"T  a  Door. 

ill-  Common  are  names  of  beasts,  as  *1p3  cattle,  &c.  also  the 
numerals  20  DH^,  &c. 

R.  29.  The  feminine  noun  is  formed  by  adding  H  and  a  pre- 
ceding (t)  to  the  masculine,  as  rO/D  a  Queen,  from  7|7JD  a 
King.  But  if  the  last  letter  be  J"T,  the  points  only  are  changed, 
as  masc.  J7S*,  fem.  71t)\  and  when  the  masc.  ends  in  \  a  H  is 

V  T  T  T 

generally    added,    as    *1^*p    an   Egyptian    man,     fV")VP    an 
Egyptian  woman. 

R.  30.  Nouns  have  three  numbers  : 

i.   Singular,  speaking  of  one  thing  only. 

ii.  Dual,  speaking  of  two  things,  and  is  used  particularly  in 
reference  to  those  things  which  are  two  by  nature,  or  by  art,  as 
hands,  ears,  eyes,  Stc.  a  pair  of  scales,  mill  stones,  he. 

iii.  Plural,  speaking  of  two  or  more  things. 

R.  31.  The  masculine  forms  its  dual  by  adding  to  the  singular 
the  termination  C,  and  a  (-)  under  the  preceding  letter,  as  T 
a  hand,  dual  has  0*T  two  hands:  and  its  plural  by  adding  Q 
and  *  and  a  (  )  under  the  preceding  letter,  as  121  a  word, 
plural  has  D^D*"!  words. 

R.  32.  The  feminine  forms  its  dual  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
masculine,  but  changes  likewise  the  H  into  fl,  as  !!£)£'  a  lip, 
dual  D'Dfit^  lips;  and  its  plural  is  formed  thus : 

If  the  singular  ends  in  II  that  letter  is  changed  into  jri,  as 
!"HJ^  a  damsel,  plural  Dl"!!^.     If  in  JV  with  a  (    )  preceding 


21 

the  *  receives  a  i  as  JV")1£D,  plural  JT)**1VP*  If  the  termination 
be  HI  the  1  is  changed  into  a  i  with  a  dageshed  '  preceding  it, 
and  a  (•-.)  under  the  preceding  letter,  as  HO  7p, plural  DV^^D- 
33.  The  cases  in  Hebrew  Nouns  are  not  distinguished  by  ter- 
minations as  in  other  languages,  but  by  particles  prefixed  to  the 
noun,  and  which  are  the  same  in  the  different  numbers  and 
genders,  as 

a  king 

of  a  king 

to  a  king 

a  king 

o  king 

from  a  king 
in  a  king 

Note.  Though  this  example  is  given  to  point  out  the  cases 
commonly  signified  by  the  prefixes,  yet  it  is  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  7,  ]"IK,  D,  and  2  are  sometimes  used  to  point  out  all 
the  cases  except  the  voc.  and  H  is  used  to  point  out  the  gen.  and 
ace.     The  connection  will  best  determine  the  cases  of  nouns. 

R.  34.  When  two  nouns  are  related  to  each  other  so  as  to 
require  the  preposition  of  between  them,  the  former  is  governed 
and  undergoes  a  change,  and  is  said  to  be  in  regimen,  or 
contracted. 

i.  The  masc.  sing,  shortens  the  vowels,  as  "llT"?^  the  Son  of 
David,  instead  of  J3 ;  or  D'rHK  *D1  the  word  of  God,  in- 
stead of  "Dl ;  and  the  plural  drops  its  □  and  changes  the  pre- 
ceding (•)  into  a  (••),  as  D*rwK  'I^H  the  words  of  God, 
instead  of  □HD'l- 

ii.  The  fern.  sing,  changes  the  ,1  into  jl  and  the  preceding  (t) 
into  (-),  as  D'li^K  rOlfi  the  law  of  God,  instead  of  mitt 


*  This  Prefix  is  used  only  a  few  times  in  Scripture,   but  frequently  in  Rabbinical 
writings. 


22 

a  law;  and  the  plural  shortens  its  first  vowels,  as  *T3N  f^"*'? 
the  blessings  of  thy  father;  instead  of  riiD"0  blessings. 

ill-  The  dual  of  both  genders  is  contracted  by  dropping  its 
final  Q  together  with  the  preceding  (  ),  and  changing  the  pre- 
ceding (-)  into  (••),  as  D'iSOtf   '7.3*1  the  feet  of  men,  instead  of 


CHAPTER  VI.— Adjectives. 

R.  35.  An  Adjective  must  agree  with  its  Substantive  in  Gender 
and  Number,  as  2)12  *")}*J  a  good  Lad;  i7*3i*J  <1")^J  a  good 
Damsel;  DOiD  D*1$  good  Lads;  ni3lB  nV")^  good 
Damsels. 

R.  36.  An  Adjective  (also  verb  or  participle)  belonging  to  two 
or  more  Substantives  must  be  in  the  plural  number  ;  and  if  one 
of  the  Nouns  be  masculine,  the  adjective  (verb  or  participle)  must 
be  of  the  masculine  gender,  as  D^p*  rn£!'*l  Dn"DN  Abraham 

■ )  •■ :  tt:         t     t  :    — 

and  Sarah  were  old.  D4J1i"0  Tfli,}?!  ^'^  thy  sons  and  thy 
daughters  shall  be  given. 

37.  The  degrees  of  comparison  are  three : 

First,  the  Positive,  as  2)12  good. 

Second,  the  Comparative,  which  is  formed  by  prefixing  to  the 
Substantive  to  which  the  preference  is  given,  or  to  the  adjective 
belonging  to  that  noun,  a  0  with  a  (■)  and  a  dagesh  in  the  suc- 
ceeding letter,  as  11)1212)  D*J3)b  2)0  DC'  ^Hl)  And  I  wiU 
give  thee  a  name  better  than  sons  and  daughters ;  JTH  li'fTOrn 
JTIl  72*2  DT")1*  and  the  serpent  was  more  subtle  than  any  beast; 
and  if  the  letter  does  not  admit  of  a  dagesh,  the  (•)  is  changed 

into  (.),as  r-prn  nnr  ♦fil?Na  ^svrrin  'S-sio  the  law  of 

thy  mouth  is  better  to  me  than  thousands  of  gold  and  silver;  or 
by  prefixing  "*t2  and  a  makaph,  as  inNrTTD  D*J*£*'n  DOlJO 
two  are  better  than  one. 


23 

Third,  the  Superlative  degree,  which  is  made  by  joining  the 
word  "TKD  with  the  adjective,  as  TKp  31 D  very  good. 

Prefixing  a  3  to  the  noun,  as  D*J2^3  31  tOi"f  the  best  amongst 
women. 

Repeating  the  adjective,  as  3l£D  31 D  exceedingly  good. 

Using  two  synonymous  words,  as  [V3JO  *J1?  poor  and  needy, 
i.  e.  exceedingly  poor. 

Doubling  the  noun,  as  D*D^'n  *p£^  the  heaven  of  heavens, 
or  the  highest  heaven. 


CHAPTER  VII.—  Pronouns. 

In  Hebrew  the  Pronouns  are  either  separable,  consisting 
of  distinct  words ;  or  inseparable,  i.  e.  letters  added  or  affixed  to 
the  noun. 

R.  38.  Separable  Pronouns  are  either  personal,  relative,  de- 
monstrative, or  interrogative. 

I.  Personal  Pronouns. 

In  which  are  to  be  noticed  Genders,  Numbers,  and  Cases 

Plu. 

Com.  <      i:ni  >  We 

T        ^ 

ftfiX  ^  (  Mas.        DJtlK  ^ 

"  >  Thou       <  „       (      ffiNJ  >  Ye 

W  S  } Fem- 1  wii«  \ 


N1.1     He  Mas.  f        D/?) 

KM)  r         T^>They 

km  j She         Fem 


.j    roc 


24 

R.  39.  The  Personal  Pronouns  are  declined  thus 
SINGULAR. 


1st  Person. 
Com. 

2d  Person. 
Mas. 

2d  Person, 
Fern. 

3d  Person, 
Mas. 

3d  Person, 
Fem. 

>JN 

.'row 

na 

N1H 

N»n     -Worn. 

* 

iS 

nW     Gen. 

T 

>niN 

?|fliK 

^niN 

iriiN 

T 

♦ago 

*3 

?]#» 
W 

1?» 

1> 

^90 

13 

\Abl 

PLURAL. 


mw 

on* 

jriK 

DH 

frr   Nom. 

T     V 

V    T      V 

pW 

V     T      V 

\fifyf     Gen. 

13S 

D?S 

r$ 

onS 

|rfS     Da/. 

T 

D3W 

pc? 

DniN 

jriiK   .#<*. 

MjSI? 

DDED 

psp 

onp 

K™) 

w9 

D33 

V     T 

1?? 

Dm  03 

V     T                   T 

II.  Relative  Pronoun. 
"It^'N  that,  which,  who,  singular  and  plural,  mas.  and  fem. 

III.  Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

Jit  this,  that,  masculine  singular,  7K  H7N  these,  plural. 

iff  I*  i!N?  this,  that,  feminine  singular. 
W  f/H  this,  that,  common. 

IV.  Interrogative  Pronouns. 

*P  who,  what  person  ?  HD   Hp   or  Hp,  which  or  what  thing? 
R.  40.  Inseparable  Pronouns  are   particles    affixed  to  Nouns, 
Verbs,  Participles,  and  Adverbs. 


%5 


Those  affixed  to  Nouns  are  contained  in  the  following  table. 
TO  A  NOUN  SINGULAR. 


A  plural  Pronoun. 

A  singular  Pronoun. 

3.  fern. 

3.  mas. 

2.  fern. 

2.  mas. 

1.  com 

o.  fern. 

3.  mas.  12.  (era. 

2.  mas.   11.  coin. 

AH 

Q  their 

T 

r^: 

2?, 
your 

T 

our 

n  i  i  in  lot! 
T         ..  .  ..  |  .. 

her      '  ■    ' 

n*d  " 

??  thy         my 

TO  A  NOUN  PLURAL. 


??'.. 


io*„ 

[?.. 

D3-1 

U\. 

T 

irr 

»3» 

■    :  t 

T, 

on*;. 

1  V 

T           T 

TvP 

A  NOUN  MASCULINE. 


,#  pi.  JVoun  onyr  wonfe. 


-4  wW.  Noun  "D*!  «  Word. 


plur.  pron. 

szftg*.  ^?rcm. 

pfe?\  pron. 

s/n^.  profi- 

•  T 

-  T 

*•  t      : 

nni 

Com.  1. 

oanrn 

^"O"! 

Drnrr? 

mm 

1    :  t 

M.  } 

f5*i;n 

TO 

P")?1 

TS1 

/  2. 

onn.51 

T  T 

t  t      ; 

115*1 

*      3. 

fnnrrr 

0H31 

rwi 

mm 

t  t     : 

F-    > 

A  NOUN  FEMININE. 


flilin  Laws. 


min  a  Law. 


irnnm 

>nnin 

urnin 

win 

Com.  1. 

a;rnnin 

rj*fiinin 

D^rnm 

?|rnm 

M.  ) 

>2. 
F.    $ 

i3»ni"iin 

rpniTin 

\2FrY\P\ 

rjrniri 

arvniTin 

vninin 

T 

arnin 

in  Tin 

M.  ) 
>  3 

jrrni-iin 

nwiin 

T 

?min 

1     T       T 

nrnm 

F.    ) 

*  The  Vowel  preceding  the  Affix  belongs  to  the  last  letter  of  the  Noun. 

4 


26 

CHAPTER  VIII.— Verbs. 

A  Verb  is  either  HsD  perfect  and  regular,  or  "lDH  imperfect 
and  irregular. 

R.  41 .  A  Verb  generally  consists  of  three  radical  letters,  the  first 
with  a  (T)  and  the  second  with  a  ( -),  as  71^5;  but  sometimes  the 
second  radical  has  a  (••),  as  r5ll,  or  a  (  i ),  as  flpp  ;  and  always 
a  (t)  when  the  third  radical  is  J<  or  ,1,  as  NVft  !l7 J. 

X       '  T     T  T     T 

In  a  regular  Verb  is  to  be  noticed  its  Conjugations,  Voices, 
Moods,  Tenses,  Numbers,  Persons,  and  Genders. 

42.  In  the  Hebrew  language,  correctly  speaking,  is  but  one 
conjugation,  called  V}2  Binyan,  but  has  seven  significations, 
which  are  distinguished  from  each  other  by  different  names  and 
characteristic  marks,  as 

i.  7\J7£D  he  wrought,  and  is  called  7p,  i.  e.  light,  because  it  is 
simple  in  its  signification,  and  not  burthened  with  any  charac- 
teristic marks. 

ii.  7^*3.3  he  was  wrought  upon ;  characterized  by  a  prefix  J, 
or  by  a  Dagesh  in  the  first  radical. 

iii.  7^£D  he  wrought  diligently ;  characterized  by  a  Dagesh  in 
the  second  radical,  as  1&7. 

iv.  7^*2  he  was  diligently  wrought  upon ;  characterized  by 
a  (■,)  under  the  first  radical,  and  a  dagesh  in  the  second,  as  TtD7 

v.  Vl^3n  he  caused  another  to  work  ;  characterized  for  the 
most  part  by  a  H  prefix  and  a  '  inserted  between  the  second  and 
third  radicals. 

vi.  73?5!7  he  was  caused  to  work;  characterized  by  a  () 
under  the  first  radical,  and  a  (■, )  or  ( T:)  under  the  prefix. 

vii.  7.J/*iDi"li"T  he  wrought  upon  himself;  characterized  by  the 
syllable   HH   prefixed,  and  a  Dagesh  in  the  second  radical,  as 

-i^Snn.' 

R.  43.  A  Verb  has  two  Voices,  the  Active  and  the  Passive 
except  in  those  verbs  in  which  the  nature  of  the  action  cannot 
admit  of  a  passive,  called  intransitive  verbs,  as  I  sleep,  I  walk,  &:c. 

R.  44.  In  the  preceding  paradigms  Pa-al  or  Kal,  Pi-ail  and 
Hiphil  are  active;  Niph-al,  Pu-al,  and  Hoph-al,  are  passive  :  and 
Hith-pa-ail  is  both  active  and  passive. 

R.  45.  The  Moods  are  three 


The  Indicative,  describing  the  action  as  done,  doing,  or  to  ba 
done,  with  certainty. 

The  Imperative,  commanding  a  thing  to  be  done. 

The  Infinitive,  simply  speaking  of  the  action  without  any 
resrard  to  time. 

R.  4b'.  The  Tenses  are  three  only. 

""Dl?  past  or  preterite,  expressing  the  action  already  done,  and 
includes   the  preterperfect,  the  preterimperfect,  and  the  preter- 

pluperfect. 

"Vni?   Future,  declaring  the  action  vet  to  be  done. 

^i^J  Intermediate,  i.  e.  between  the  past  and  future,  of 
tvhich  there  are  two,  ^M3,  or  present  participle,  and  7li?2,  or 
past,  passive  participle. 

R.  47.  Numbers  are  two,  the  Singular  and  the  Plural. 

R.  48.  There  are  three  persons  in  most  parts  of  the  Verb. 

The  first  person,  the  person  speaking  of  himself. 

The  second  person,  the  person  spoken  to. 

The  third  person,  the  person  spoken  of. 

R.  49.  Genders  are  two,  the  Masculine  and  Feminine,  except 
ihe  first  person  singular  and  plural  in  the  preterite  and  future, 
and  the  third  person  plural  preterite,  which  are  common. 

R.  50.  The  different  numbers,  persons,  and  genders,  are  formed 
by  prefixes  and  affixes,  joined  to  the  Root  of  the  Verb  in  the  fol- 
lowing order,   in  which,  observe,  the  dots  represent  the  radicals. 


PARTICIPLE. 

1, 

Imperative 
Affixes. 

Future 

Prefixed  and 

affixed. 

Preter 

Affixed. 

Passive.     |          Present. 

SINGULAR. 

Sing. 

Sing. 

•••» 

he 

-  Mas. 

-3T\ 

n- 

she 

T 

rr ) 

n!.JFem 

... 

»;-fi 

T 

thou  mas. 
thou  fem. 

N 

*n-' 

I        com 

PLURAL. 

Plur. 

Plur. 
Q*-  Mas. 

V 

1  or  m-fi 

T  1                        T 

Vfi 

Dfi- 

they  com 
they  mas. 
they  fem. 
ye     mas. 

nr 

fii-  Fem. 

i  «r 

?  or  rn-n 

rr 

ye     fem. 

-J 

w~ 

we     com. 

R.  51.  A  perfect  Verb  is  conjugated  after  the  example  of  1?2^- 
Note.  Thf»  "voi-t  used  bv  the  an  lent  Grammarians  for  an  ex- 
ample of  a  Vngrt)  >aj  7JfDj  h^,li  v'  Hence  the  different  paradigms 
have  derived  -hen'  names  [see  R.  41.)  Hence  the  first  letter 
of  a  Verb  is  called  3,  the  seconu  i*,  and  the  third  7.  But 
modern  Grammarians  have  justly  chosen  another  word  instead  of 
7]?B  because  of  the  dagesh  lene  in  the  £,  which  might  be  mis 
taken  for  the  characteristic  dagesh  ;  and  because  of  the  V,  which 
admits  of  no  dagesh  at  a.1. 

R.  52.     "    tV-atiigul  7#£)  or  7]?. 

i:  OICATIVE  MOOD.— PRETER  TENSE. 


SINGULAR. 

he} 

>  did  learn, 
she  ) 

thou  didst  learn, 


I  did  learn, 

PLURAL. 

TTD7     they  did  learn, 

:  it  " 

DfnD'? ) 

ye  did  learn, 


) 


Ti 


dSn 


we  did  learn, 
FUTURE    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

I  shall  or  will  learn 


{       >  thou  shalt  or  wilt  learn, 
HB7J1  J 


lioSn 


he 

she 


shall  or  will  learn, 


Gender. 
C  Mas. 

(Fern. 
C  Mas. 

(Fein. 

Com. 

Com. 

C  Mas. 

(Fern. 
Com. 


Corn. 
^  Mas. 

(  Fern. 
(  Mas. 

(  Fein. 


The  third  person  is  used  first  because  it  is  the  JJ^JJJ  Root  of  the  whole  Verb. 


29 


Person.  Gender 

1  Ti07J     we  shall  or  will  learn,  Com. 


C        WK>7ft )  C  Mas. 

<  :  ! '      >  ye  shall  or  will  learn,  < 

(^10795  (Fern. 

>  '     >  they  shall  learn, 

T    :  1        f    p    ; 


(_  Fem. 
3D. 


SINGULAR. 


tioS  )  (  Mas. 


H?W 


learn  thou, 


T     :  1         :     «/ 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

"TID/  to  learn. 


Fem. 


PLURAL 

HOS)  (Mas. 

learn  ye 


f  Mas. 
(  Fem. 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR. 

ipi  7      he  is  learning,  Mas. 

3     ?      HlDiS  J 

J  T      L  / sne  *s  learning-,  Fem. 

PLURAL. 

(     DHOiS  >  1  Mas. 

3     <  '  '?    >  they  are  learning,  <? 

J    niTOp  J  (Fem. 

R.  53.  The  first  and  second  person  are  formed  by  prefixing  their 

respective  pronouns,  as  7fti  /  *J)K  I  am  learning,  "J £51 7  J7J1K 

thou  art  learning. 

PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR 

7 1ft  7     he  is  learned,  Mas 

ill  IE  7     she  is  learned,  Fem. 


30 

Person.  plural.  Gender. 

(     DH1D1?  1  (  Mas. 

3     <  i_  \  they  are  learned,  / 

(   DHID?  $  I  Fem. 

R.  54.       2.  Paradigm,  StfSJ. 
INDICATIVE    MOOD.— PRETER   TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

C        "IDSj     he   J  (Mas. 

3     \      ■,-,*(«  >  was  taught,  , 

(      ^1973     shei  (Fem. 

(    moSj  )  i  Mas. 

2  i      ?-TP^Sth°UWaSt  taUSl"'  iFen, 
1            'FHP 7^     I  was  taught,  Com. 

PLURAL. 

3  1"TO^     they  were  taught,  Com. 
CDJPTToSj)                                                        (Mas. 

I   I^1P7J>  (Fern. 

1  1-31^7.3     we  were  taught,  Com. 

FUTURE    TENSE 

SINGULAR. 

1  1!2 7K      I  shall  or  will  be  taught,  Com. 

(        "ipSri ~)  C  Mas. 

2  <  f       >  thou  shalt  or  wilt  be  taught 

I      H?™  )  ( Fern 

C         ipS*     he  }  (M 

3  <  j  T  >  shall  or  will  be  taught, 
(       "iP?fl     she ) 


PLURAL. 


(     no?? ) 

l  t    :i-  t    •    J 


shall  or  will  be  taught, 


as. 
Fem. 


1  "l£7J     we  shall  or  will  be  taught,  Com. 

c    no^ri )  c  Mas. 

2  <  '7       >  ye  shall  or  will  be  taught,  <( 

(  np.PjH  \  (  Fem. 


Mas. 
Fem. 


31 
IMPERATIVE    MOOD. 

Person.  singular.  Gender 

C       -ipSn )  i  Mas. 

2      <  r       >  be  thou  taught, 


[       >  oe  tnou  taugnt,  < 

HO)H  jFem. 


PLURAL. 


HESn  j  (  Mas. 

n^ip^nj  (Fern. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
"Ip??!  being  taught. 
PRESENT    PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR. 

ITip 7 J    >  being  taught, 

.  PLURAL. 

C     0HD7J) 

i  mn9^feingtaught' 

R.  55.     3.  Paradigm  hy$. 
INDICATIVE   MOOD.— PRETER   TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

(  181?      he)  (  Mas. 


2 


?  >  did  teach  diligently 

i"™7     she ) 

L  /  thou  didst  teach  diligently 


Fem. 
Mas. 

Fem. 


1  ''ftlfob     I  did  teach  diligently,  Com. 


PLURAL. 


3  ^97     tney  did  teach  diligently,  Com. 


h 


2 


Mas. 


(  Dfn£7) 

{  ,^-i^L  f  ye  did  teach  diligently, 

<  1*?W)                                                            (Fern. 

1  ^"1^7     we  did  teach  diligently,                      Com 


32 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Person.  singular.  Gender. 

1  "Jft  /N     I  shall  or  will  teach  diligently,  Com. 

-toSri)  (Mas. 

I    '  }  thou  shalt  or  wilt  teach  diligently,  \ 
H?7fl)  (.Fern. 

-TE>y     he  }  (Mas. 

r  ;  shall  or  will  teach  diligently,  I 

IQj V     she)  (Fern. 

PLURAL. 

1  *l£D  7J     we  shall  or  will  teach  diligently,        Com. 

(      ni?SlJ)  (Mas. 

2  I  '  i    '  >  ve  shall  or  will  teach  diligently,      { 
(njia7Jl5  (Fern. 

naV)  (Mas. 

L     )  tney  sna^  or  w*^  teach  diligently,  < 
nr]37Jl)  (Fern 

IMPERATIVE. 

SINGULAR. 

1!21)  (Mas. 

i    ;  teach  thou  diligently.  I 

H£?)  (Fern. 

PLURAL. 

noS)  (Mas. 

'  ;    >  teach  ye  diligently,  { 

mi^i  (Fern. 

INFINITIVE. 

ID?  to  teach  diligently. 
PRESENT   PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR 

ipSp      he  }  fMas- 

rH&7p  (  ,      >  is  teaching  diligently, 

r»l^?)         )  LFem 

PLURAL. 

DHSSO)  (Mas. 

'  i  '   >  they  are  teaching  diligently,  { 

n1ia?0)  <Fem 


33 
R.  56.      4.  Paradigm  S^fl. 

INDICATIVE   MOOD.— PRETER    TENSE. 

Person.  singular.  Gender. 

l^S     he  }  (Mas. 

r  \  was  taught  diligently, 


5 


mzsS )  c  Mas. 


2   <(  r  S  thou  wast  taught  diligently,  < 

(        PI®?  \  ( Fern. 

1  'fHE)/     I  was  taught  diligently,  Com. 


PLURAL. 


3  'H^??      they  were  taught  diligently,  Com. 

c  orni$ )  c  Mas. 

2   S         ^.W  >  ye  were  taught  diligently,  { 

I      f  JFn»?  )  l  Fern 

1  13TG?     we  were  taught  diligently,  Com 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

1  Ife  /it     I  shall  or  will  be  taught  diligently,       Com. 

(        "T^ri )  (  Mas. 

2  <  ll     / tnou  shalt  or  wilt  be  taught  diligently,  < 

I      >1$?&  )  I  Fern. 

(  IftV  he  >  <  Mas. 

3  <  t  >  shall  or  will  be  taught  diligently,  < 

^        1»7n  she  )  (  Fern. 

PLURAL. 

1  "T£?7-3     we  snaN  or  WH1  he  taught  diligently,  Com. 

(        WtpVp )  C  Mas. 

C         HE1?*)  (Mas. 

3  <  V  '•'  fthey, 


Fem 


IMPERATIVE.     NOT  USED. 

INFINITIVE. 

lift1?  to  be  taught  diligently. 

5 


34 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE. 

singular.  Gender 

1ft  7P     lie  ")  )  I^as. 

n"l£7  p  >   ,     V  js  taught  diligently,  } 

PLURAL. 

"iaSo  )  C  Mas. 


<  T  r  '    >  they  are  taught  diligently 

R.  57.       5.  Paradigm,  S'l^H. 


Fc 


r*1' 


INDICATIVE    MOOD.— PRETER   TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

(  Vghft     he  J  (Mas. 

3     <  l               >  caused  to  teach,  < 

(  HTW     she$  ^Fera. 

(  HipSn)  CMas. 

2  \  :'      /  thou  causedst  to  teach,  < 

(    pi©?*}  (Fern. 

1  *n"Tft /i"l      I  caused  to  teach,  Com. 

PLURAL. 

3  ITD  7il     they  caused  to  teach,  Com 
(DfnoSn)                                                       CMas. 


(    1*97 


2      <  L     /  Ye  caused  to  teach. 

t  fflW?m  (Fca. 

1  UIQ/H     we  caused  to  teach,  Com. 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

1  "PD7N      I  shall  or  will  cause  to  teach,  Com. 


nSn )  ( Mas. 

f       \  thou  shalt  or  wilt  cause  to  teach,  < 

?H  )  (  Fern. 

C       TpS_'    he  ^  C  Mas. 

}             l  '             >  shall  or  will  cause  to  teach,  < 

I      TD?fl    she  J  (Fern. 

PLURAL. 

TQ73     we  shall  or  will  cause  to  teach,  Com 


35 


Person.  Gender 

ITpSfn  fMas. 

/       >  ye  shall  or  will  cause  to  teach,  < 

niipift  )  I  Fem 

n'pfel  (Mas. 

;       >  they  shall  or  will  cause  to  teach,  < 

™W£$  (Fern. 


INFINITIVE    MOOD. 

i'      >  to  cause  to  teach. 
IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

SINGULAR. 

inhn )  c  Mas. 

;'      >  cause  thou  to  teach,  < 

•TO??  j  (F^. 

PLURAL. 

'ToSfi  )  (  Mas. 

i      >  cause  ye  to  teach,  < 

nJlpT^J  (Fern. 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR. 

TJD^D      he  }  fMas. 

tVV ft/ID  (  ,      >  caused  to  teach, 

PLURAL. 

D'TpSp  )  (  Mas. 

{      >  they  caused  to  teach,  <( 

niTO?Oi  (Fern. 


R.  58.     6.  Paradigm  IVQIX 
INDICATIVE   MOOD.— PRETER    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

C        "IpSn     he    J  ^  Mas. 

3     <  "  ;  >  caused  to  be  taught,  N 

\  nipSn  she  j  |Fem. 


36 
Person.  Gem  r. 

2  <  :  T   >  thou  causedst  to  be  taught.  < 

\     l?l??nj  (Fer. 

1  ''HID/H     I  caused  to  be  taught,  Com. 

PLURAL. 

3  lipyil     they  caused  to  be  taught,  Com. 

i  DfnpSrr )  c  Mas. 

2  <  i '  T '  >  ye  caused  to  be  taught,  < 
\lf]Q?Q)  (Fein. 

1  IJIO^n     we  caused  to  be  taught,  Com. 

:  -    :     t: 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

1  "tO/N     1  shall  or  will  cause  to  be  taught,     Com. 

C      ioVn  )  C  Mas. 

2  <  i'  T '  >  thou  shalt  or  wilt  cause  to  be  taught,  < 

(    HP7QJ  (Fern. 

C      T07J     he  }  (  Mas. 

3  <  j  >  shall  or  will  cause  to  be  taught,  < 

(    "iP7f)     she)  (Fern. 

PLURAL. 

1  "Tft /}     vve  shall  or  wiU  cause  to  be  taught,     Com. 

(       Mfthr}.  )  (  Mas. 

2  <  '  t '  T '  >  ye  shall  or  will  cause  to  be  taught,  < 

I   np^bny  (Fern. 

HpS;>  (Mas. 

I    T  >  they  shall  or  will  cause  to  be  taught,  { 
nj-jP7f))  (Fern 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

"107i1    to  cause  to  be  taught. 

IMPERATIVE.      NOT  USED. 

PRESENT   PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR. 

rnO/P  )  /  caused  to  be  taugnt, 


nip^g  j 


sfa 


37 

Person.  plural.  Gender. 

(   DHpSDJ  (Mas. 

3      {  T  i  T'  /  they  caused  to  be  taught,  { 

fnnp75J  ($**. 

R.  59.     7.  Paradigm,   hySHTl. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD.— PRETER  TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

(   isSnn   he )  ^  aias. 

3      {  t  }  ^id  teach  himself,  \ 

(rn^nrn     she)  (Fern. 

(rraSnrn  (Mas. 

2  \  T        f    '       )  thou  didst  teach  thyself,  < 
t^ffWJ.'l)  (Fern. 

1  ♦JjnsSnn     I  did  teach  myself,  Com. 

PLURAL. 

3  ITXpSnn     they  did  teach  themselves,  Com. 

(arn^Snn)  (Mas. 

2  <  ;    "      >  ye  did  teach  yourselves 


(M 
(Ft 


\  ;  /  yc  uiu  icrtxn   vuui strives,  \ 

(  ira^n)'  (Fem. 

1  Ulte/ftil     vve  did  teach  ourselves,  Com. 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

1  1S-/JW    J  sha11  or  wil1  teach  mvself,  Com. 

(    T-SSfin)  (Mas. 

2  {  i    '       >  thou  shalt  or  wilt  teach  thyself,        < 

(  ntplfifi)  (Fem. 

(      1»S;V     he)  (  Mas. 

3  <         I  >  shall  or  will  teach  himself,       < 


PLURAL. 


1  IfabftS     we  shall  or  will  teach  ourselves,       Com. 

(   n&Snn)  (Mas. 

{  L        l  ye  s^a^  or  w*^  teach  yourselves,  { 

(tl*1§?nn)  (Fern. 

i     naSn*  i  ( Mas. 

<  L        /  they  shall  or  will  teach  themselves. 

t     :  i"  -    :     •    J 


2 


3 


Fem 


38 
INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

IE/fin    to  teach  one's  self. 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 
Person.  singular.  Gender 


C     TS^^I )  C  Mas. 


2     <  i  S  teach  thou  thyself, 


PLURAI 


Fem 


c    naSnn )  ( Mas. 

<  i  \  teach  ye  yourselves,  < 

(nns?nnj  (Fem. 

PRESENT   PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR 

l£pSnp      he  ^  f  Mas. 

n"jal?np(she   >  is  teaching, 

rnp^in)      ) 

PLURAL. 

i  >  they  are  teaching  themselves,      <; 

rft112?W)  (Fern 


•>»aua+4** 


X.  EXERCISE. 

The  following  Verbs  are  conjugated  in  the  same  manner  as 

ipS-* 

7D3  Batal,  he  did  hinder. 
7D,1   Carnal,  he  recompensed. 

-     T 

H!l1  Davak,  he  cleaved. 

I    -   T 

*  Few  Verbs,  however,  are  conjugated  in  all  the  parts  of  the  Verb.  In  many  of 
the  Verbs  changes  take  place  in  some  of  the  points,  which  will  be  noticed  in  the 
proper  place. 


39 

*Df  Zachar,  he  remembered. 

7*in  Chadal,  he  ceased. 

"\0n  Chasar,  he  diminished. 

*17  D  Taraph,  he  tore,  spoiled. 
30  Caz.av,  he  failed,  deceived 

Dp 7  Lakat,    he  collected,  gathered. 

t!^7  Lavash,  he  clothed. 

71 7D  Malach,  he  reigned. 
H^'O  Mashach,  he  anointed. 

"\}D  Sagar,  he  shut. 

T£)D  Saphad,  he  mourned. 

73D  Saphar,  he  counted. 

3fp  Azav,  he  forsook. 
Vfp)}  Akash,  he  perverted. 

7D5  Patar,  he  dismissed. 
J2>7D  Parash,  he  scattered. 

—  T 

p~\)£  Tzadak,  he  justified. 

^|7V  Tzaraph,  he  purged. 
7t^p  Kashar,  he  bound  together 
J^Tp  Kadash,  he  separated,  sanctified. 

7JI7  Ragal,  he  walked  about,  investigated, 
till  Radaph,  he  pursued,  persecuted; 
7DC  Shavar,  he  broke. 
DS£>  Shalat,  he  ruled. 

-     T 

7]  EH   Tamach,  he  sustained. 


Hithpaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

-a    n 

a 
I. 

nnpSrirr 

□nipVnn 
fn'npSnn 

"»P^0 
rnpf?n 

fl"!P70 
np!?C? 

[#1P,7»5 

*Wp7j3 

"f'pS'i 

0"?p?n 

rnpSn 

n»P7ri 
onip.^n 
jrnpSn 

rnpj? 

nip? 

H"!P3 

♦rhp7 

np1? 

DfnQ7 

i^lP? 

c.  letters  added  at  the  end  of  a  k-o 

^P.?W 

npS-in 
T  npjjv 

t     :  i  •   -     :     • 

'  ip?fl 
HP7# 

"ip$3 
in?}. 

nnp7$ 
rrndSri 

t     :  -     :     t: 

T&7*? 

TPM 

'TP/fl 

Vd7» 

iTpSri 

T?lTpV 

t     :  i ■■    :     - 

"ip,^? 

ip?r)' 

"ip"iv 
npS'n 

*rp7i 

nj-ip^'ri 

T  n#?» 

nnpVn 

-*  n  | 

"ipbrin 

:    t: 

IP1?? 

lis1? 

\    1 

ffur/iC  t°£  emphatical. 

npS'riri 

mYot  used. 

•TP./n 

n>pSn 
nnp7n 

JVbf  userf. 

nnpSnp 
fiW,70P 

nnpSrio 

"ip!?9 
rnp5? 

"i*P.Vp 

iT?p7& 

rnp^o 

niT070  1 

tsf?P 
n"TQ7P 
flm?P 

DH07P 

niSp^P 

• 
F.  nniO?  they  DH107  M.                PHIO?  sfc 

|||  Piayl. 

Niphal. 

Kal. 

>  :     isb 

-robj 

nob 

he 

mob 

mb.bj 

rnbb 

she 

iriob 

rnbb:i 

t  :  Iit 

fn07 

>  thou 

<M. 

[f. 

;  mob 

rnobj 

mob 

$ 

♦mob 

♦rnbbj 

♦mob 

I 

re 

HH 

:    nob 

ndbj 

nob 

they 

c> 

►n 

ornbb 

ornobj 

onibb 

|ye 

(M. 
IF. 

1 

inpb 

we. 

!   noba* 

"T07« 

niD.7N* 

I 

!  is? n 
}  nobri 

io?ri 

HObfi 

nob* 

*TiO?J1 

nbbri 

|  thou 

(M. 
<F. 

re 

re1 
re 

1    "io9* 

Tibb« 

he 

\J 

nobn 

ipbfi 

"iiobfi 

she 

& 

-rbS: 

"ibbj 

Tiobj 

we 

S 
1 

* 

I  nbbri 

nqbii 

nob-pi 

jye 

CM. 

If. 

re 

nnbbri 

rmbbfi 

nniobii 

&^  8 

re 

I T  nob* 
innobri 

t     :  i-  -     : 

T  HOT 

nnobri 

rmiobn 

t     ;    i       : 

}  they 

<M. 

If. 

^     1 

2 
re 

-I     1 

lob 

"ID7H 

•*      T       * 

"Tiob 

Infinitive. 

-rob 
nob 

nobrt 

H07Pr 

Tiob 

Hob 

]  thou 

CM. 

If. 

re 

nob 

riobn 

nob 

|ye 

(M. 

If. 

re 

n^o? 

^HS/fl 

rmiob 

***   i 

re 
3 

1    nobn 

-lob: 

"TOib 

he 

mbbb 

mbbo 

mbib 

(  slip 

in 

I 

mobo 

mbbi 

mbib 

ha 

| 

bnobo 

DH07J 

DHOtb 

jthey 

(M. 

re' 

I 

ni-rpbp 

nnobj 

nnbib 

:     1 

IF. 

-nob  h 

e.               Pas 

t  or  Passive  Participle. 

Pages.     4C 

I    41. 

;r^_ 

Hilhpaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

Paragogic  Letters,  t. 

nbsiSmn 
nteitrin 

itexrin 

ttteNrirt 

nbS&n 
Jfi73#n 

:     -    t:  t 

ribbon 
•iibigii 

nb: 

nbl 

»ribS 

TO 

Dftba 

rrfe 

«7^ 

i     £          > 

re 

<* 

ft-              ' 
ft. 

a- 

|       re 

re 

[         3 

■  |    o     ..... 

b3W£ 

.  teVfi! 

bsKfiji 

t  :    i-  -     : 

b^S? 

■fj     t    t 

,te*K 

b3£JJ 
biikj 

A»3»n 

bbfl 
*73H 

tea 
Tjte 

t  :    -   '.  ' 

.!  2. 
^   n  j 

S?N»rin 

bpgn 

bpNH 

w 

1L    n 

re                T 
1 

re 

5-      *. 

i 

Spxnrr 
rabbin 

JVbi  used. 

.botfn 

ftfb:«n 

t  :  |"  -:  - 

.Vr><  used 

mbbknb 

fibiSo 
nib'pNo 

nteis 
nteK 

riibi* 

F.  nlVoK  they  D»Votf  M.                 nS-ON*  i 

Piayl. 

|        Kal. 

i 

! 

ha* 

Sdjo 

felt 

he 

rpar* 

rnS&j 

n™ 

she 

nSiN 

n5iw 

}t    :    it 

>  thou 

(M. 
IF- 

fnik 

iraaj 

fi73K 

> 

♦WSbk 

•Ktmu 

•HWk 

I 

<* 

J|73N 

vpio 

J1731S 

they 

3 

h3 

onSbK 

onSbSj 

onSbx 

we. 

<M. 

If. 

fn35K 

W75KJ 

row* 

:    -    t 

eg" 

Sdnk 

73NK 

,  ^ 

I 

♦73811 

S5nd 

73*ta 

>  thou 

(M. 

If. 

do 

ST'     i 

73N* 

p5w 

73k* 

he 

% 

73^ri 

hi»f\ 

™n 

she 

& 

IP* 

.73*3 

73*0 

73*0 

we 

^ 

173Nfl 

w'ieri 

ratfri 

},e 

CM. 
iF- 

C5> 

: 

n^73N*n 

ruSiifcji 

rrAi&i 

r 

t  :    -     t    •* 

t  :     - 

|they 

CM. 
IF. 

1  l 

^5  ! 
n>      J 

^  s 

<U    I 

73N 

73NH 

"      T     " 

ta« 

Infinitive. 

baa 

*73J« 

1  thou 

(M. 

If. 

^ 

^ 
« 

^3N 

ra&n 

nix 

|ye 

(M. 

£f. 

a 

2-  i 

nJ?3N 

fwi&ri 

n;jiji 

a-  1 
e     1 

Sdnd 

Ss*o 

Sdk 

he 

1 

rrarao 

hSdnj 

■ton 

>  she 

CO 

itoko 

nKw 

jton 

D$3»9 

niViao 

d*73n 
fflTpN 

jthey 

CM. 

[f. 

«     1 

Son*  fa 

e.              Pas 

t  or  Passive  Particip' 

e. 

Pages.     42,  43. 


Hithpaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

II         — 

Paragogic  Letters,  i.  < 

na^inn 

natr'»nn 

»Aa#»nn 

[na^nrr 

aenn 
pra^n 
naWn 

fia^nn 
♦flavin 

ona^'in 
ffiathn 
uacnrr 

a»e>in 
na^in 
rhtfin 

rntr'in 
♦Aatfift 

la^'in 

onatrnn 

[fiatfin 

lia^'in 

3#i 

na#.< 
naa^ 

ia^' 
Dfia»' 

n 

-t 

CO 

ft* 

S    n 

a. 

•*•   1 

a           ' 
8 

a^nN 

♦a#wi 

a#wi 

ac^ru 

T  n^ri? 
rwaa'W! 

t  :    ,-•  -   :     • 

aena 

a^'in 
♦a^n 
a&v 
atfin 
atfu 
latr-in 

TiaVv 

a^in 

a'^v 

a*p>'in 

a*&>ij 

la^'in 

ruawn 

TiaVv 

rua»B>in 

t   :       i- 

3#jn 

♦a^ri 

atf»n 

a#»j 

ia;rvr 

njaetfri 

T  \i&» 

t  :     -    \    : 

[           O                   T     1 

atf'm 

acr'in 

a^'in 

31#.' 

[  >*    n 
| 

it- — 

a#»nr? 

A*0/    K5C</. 

ae>in 
♦a^'in 

matr'in 

t  :    I- 

JVbf  used. 

na#»no 
na^jio 

aeno 
nagAio 
naiho 

nia£>'i£ 

T                      1 

a»B>"io 

rra^'io 

ria^io 

D»a»sho 

a^jfi 
na&fo 

M.    niaifc"  they  D>31tr    F.                   miB"   she 

J ■ — „ :                                                                                          1            : 

Piayl. 


3t2*! 

t  :   i-  -  : 


3^1 


3#! 


Niphal. 

ffOB>iJ 


aenn 


win 


Kal. 


rmtrri 


j-db> 


toe* 


he 
she 

thou 


CM. 
IF- 


they 

Jye    If. 


we. 


I 


M. 


5  thou    1    c 

he 
she 


>  (M, 

Fe    If. 


Infinitive. 


\  thou   J 


M. 
F, 


S  ' 


ye 


(M. 
IF. 


he 

she 


M. 


}**{" 


4 


s 


3 


13* 


^ 


ft 


^ 

a 


nit^  he. 


Past  or  Passive  Participle. 


Pages.     44,  45. 


Hitlipaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

*a    n 

a 
*i 

.a 

Crq 

re 

re 
3 
«o 

nfriiinn 

J?  ion 

Win 
onagri 

ontfin 

♦fi&jj 

c.  letters  added  at  the  end  of  a  ire 

t  :    r*~    : 

TOBfaB 

t  :     - 

♦B^ifl 
#♦# 

VIM 

©                T    1 

#wr» 

■■     T 

^n 

B>ttj 

re              T 

re 

1 

a 

t  :    i--    :     • 

JVb/  u«rf. 

t    :    i-    - 

JVbi    U5€</. 

re 

tr'jnnp 
n?rijnp 

#jp 
neOo 

T      T     \ 
T    \ 

cr'^p 
rW'jip 

T    T  •,  : 

O'tP'JjJp 

T  \ 

M.    nWM  they  D»B*)-ti    F.                    ntT)JJ  sh 

•                                                                t            : 

Piayl. 

Nlphal. 

Kal. 

1 

tf-IJ 

CM 

#J3 

he 

ntfii 

W-u 

ncy'33 

she 

0^ 

I  thou 

CM. 
IF. 

hj 
s 

»ii?to 

'ncrjij 

W'33 1 

I 

f% 

< 

1      i&^i 

*ur.u 

itpjj 

thev 

OS 

^  1 

we. 

IF. 

a 
g- 

re1 

wm$ 

#J3K 

jt'jin 

I 

*#3ri 

J  thou 

(M. 
IF, 

1      #S? 

»ji» 

&& 

he 

!      ^"un 

cyjjn 

van 

she 

1*1 

1      Btoi 

e&i 

B^J 

we 

-s 

1     itrjiin 

t  :    !••  t    • 

t  :     —    • 

|  they 

re 

^  i 

§       1 
^     { 

""^       9 
OS 

^  i 

f:   j 

re     j 

B^3J 

•*  T      ' 

n^ 

Infinitive. 

»e>3 

1  thou 

CM. 
IF- 

ft 

wan 

*B#3n 

t   ;   i"  t   • 

wa 

t   : 

|ye 

CM. 
IF. 

a.   j 

re      ( 
S 

i      tr'jup 

tfJJ 

B^ia 

he 

"3 

05 

•5-  i 

n^'-iip 

r\&fo 

>  she 

1  o^iio 

:    i 

jthey 

CM. 
IF. 

re 

; 

e.              Pas 

t  or  Passive  Farticipi 

e. 

Pages.       46,  47. 


Hithpaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

Paragogic  Letters,  %. 

opipnn 
nooipnn 

nnmpnn 
nnmpnn 
'nnfrpm 
iapipnn 
nnDpipn.n 
fnppiprin 
lipp'ipnn 

opin 
nppp 
jjpp'in 

^np.in 

♦nbpin 

iDpin 

Djpipp^n 

fnppin 

iippin 

^9'pD 
pib'pO 

niD'pn 

WDfpn 

wp'rj 

DniD'pn 

[nio'pn 
6to»pn 

opip 
ncbip 
n5pip 
nppip 
♦nppip 
ibpip 
Dnppip 
jnppip 
wpbiji 

e.  letters  added  at  the  end  of  a  wo 

opipnn 

opipnn 

>ppipnn 

rioiplv 

opipnn 

opipnj 

iftpipnn 

njopipnn 

5bpipn* 

n^ppipnn 

opiN 
opm 

^pin 

o'pv 

Dpin 

Dpu 

iopin 
njppin 

Tiopv 
njppin 

D*pN 

O'pn 
♦p*pn 

D»pT* 

D»pn 
Dfpi 

io*pri 

mppn 

wpj 

n:»pn 

t   :    |l-T 

opip* 

opipr 

♦ppipr 

Dpip: 

opipr 
Dpip: 

iop~ipr 
njppipr 

Tjiopipi 
n:opipr 

1 

2r  ni 

©                   T     1 

opiDfln 

Dpin 

D'p'n 

DDlp 

3 

CO                    T 

CO 

s 

opipnn 
♦ppipnn 

iDpipnn 
nisoiphn 

Aoi  used. 

DpO 

'P'pn 

IO'p'7 

mopn 

•Vo*  used. 

opipnp 

napipnp 

O'nmpnn 

niopiprip 

DpiD 

nopio 

D'ppT1D 

nibpiq 

no*po 

D'O'pO 

nib  pp 

DOipp 

npbipc 
D»poipp 

niDDipp 

F.      n)D)p  they  D»G*p     M.                  HO^    si 

Piayl. 

DJOip 

napip 

nppip 

rippip 

»rippip 

nbqip 

DfiPPlp 
fAppip 


DDipK 

opipri 
♦poipn 

DDip? 

DOipri 

opipp 
I  ippipn 
rruobipri 

!     lopip? 


Niphal. 

Dip: 

npipi 

nioipi 

nioipi 

♦nioipj 

loipj 

onioipi 

jnia'ipl 


DipN 

Dipri 

♦pipri 

Dip* 

Dipri 

Dip: 
iDipn 

njpipn 
Tibip» 

moi&ri 


Kal. 

DR 

"Pi? 
ripp 

fipp 

ibp 
anoa 


OipK 

Dipri 

♦b'jpri 

Dip; 

Dipn 

Dip) 

iDipn 

moipri 

T    :     1 1       t 

iDip; 
njoipri 

t     :    I        t 


he 

she 


}  thou  {  F.' 

I 

they 
>  (M. 

Fe    If. 


we. 


M* 


he 
she 

we 


>  CM. 

Fe    If. 

]  they  ^ 


M. 
F. 


^ 


O 


DOip 


opip 
♦ppip 

IDTJip 

niDoip 


oipn 


DID 


Infinitive. 


Dipn 

»piprr 

iDipn 

ruDipn 


Dip 

'Pip 
ittip 


thou  <  p 


M. 


\"  \ 


Dpipp 

tD'ppipp 
ipiopipp 


Dipj 

noipi 
D»pipi 

nioipj 


OR 
npp 

0*6p 

mop 


he 

she 


|  they  £ 


M. 
F. 


*■«' 


Dip     she.  Past  or  Passive  Participle. 


Pages     48,  49. 


Hithpaayl. 

Hophal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

3Dinpn 

DDin 

3DH 

nrrit: 

nrpinpn 

mDirr 

H3Dn 

roalt 

*a    n 

nroinDn 

nuDin 

ni3DH 

niiit 

1 

naninpn 

nnDin 

niapn 

foilc 

y% 

♦fi£5inpn 

♦niapin 

»nl3DH 

♦male 

I 

ttninpn 

toptfi 

13DH 

JQ31C 

Droninpn 

DiTDDin 

DJiiaDn 

oriaiii 

-i 

[niapin 
liiapin 

fni3pn 
wiapn 

a     ^-r 

miriDN 

3D1N* 

DDK 

MIDI 

nninpri 

nmn 

3DD 

MiD; 

« 

2          1 

ornnon 

ocnn 

oon 

oiipi 

i    a* 

nniriD* 

2DV 

3D' 

naic 

nninon 

now 

DDfl 

M1D; 

;  £    n 

nniriDj 

DDU 

no: 

mio 

« 

►      c* 

to^inon 

ispin 

iDDn 

•DDiD; 

1     5 

?4j 

mminon 

monin 

nraon 

ruariiDJ 

*^»             * 

wmno' 

13DV 

13D' 

031D 

a 

mminDfi 

t    :  i  ■•              . 

rnopin 

moon 

t     v     *     ; 

t    ;    — 

5 

nrrinon 

Dpin 

3DH 

T 

3|1I 

§-    n 

minDn 

DDH 

2 

oainpn 

.Vol  used. 

13D.1 

.Vo£  i«e</. 

5- 

n^ainon 

njopn 

2-           ♦ 

a^inoa 

3D1D 

DDD 

ddid: 

rnnijipp 

H3D10 

pddo 

roniD: 

DO^inoa 

0OD13 

DODO 

D031D: 

ni35inpp 

mapio 

mapjp 

norHD.: 

T 

1 

f.    nn 

ID     they    DO 

ID     M. 

roio  iin 

Bay!. 

Niphal. 

Kal. 

i 

miD 

3DJ 

-     T 

DD 

he 

< 

miiD 

H3DJ 

mo 

she 

i— i 

nmp 

rrisb 

>  thou 

(M. 
b- 

? 

a 

a 

♦mmo 

»ni3pi 

•niao 

I 

«$■ 

nnio 

13DJ 

•DP 

they 

Oi 

onmiD 

Dni3Di 

oni^D 

?ye 

<M. 
IF. 

**■•» 

|£0?iD 

ffitopj 

|#13P 

? 

3 

imiD 

M13DJ 

Wi3p 

we. 

09 

miDK 

3DK 

niDK 

I 

rniDfi 

3Dfi 

♦abn 

*3iDn 

>  thou 

CM. 
IF. 

3:riD> 

DD> 

DiDj 

he 

mion 

non 

niofi 

she 

& 

js 

miDJ 

3DJ 

DiDJ 

we 

5 

•a 

miDri 

ttpn 

moDfi 

}" 

b 

top? 

TV- 

|  they 

(M. 

b- 

1 

-^     i 

i 

MiD 

niDn 

niD 

Infinitive. 

mid 

npn 

DID 

1  thou 

(M. 

b- 

►ji 

u    j 

■•O     i 

o5id 

♦abn 

»31D 

03 

1 

^  1 

topn 
nj*5pn 

m»|p 

?ye 

(M. 

b 

CO 

nniDo 

SDJ 

3iD 

he 

a-    f 

romao 

mDj 

rosiD 

she 

=c 

D»3DJ 

run^iD 

]  they 

CM. 

b- 

It 

mnp 

he.              Pa< 

>t  or  Passive  Particip 

Ie. 

Pages      5( 

D    51 

Hilhpaavl. 

Iluplial. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

x^onn 

Kvon 

K'xon 

kvp 

nNvonn 

nKypn 

nK'von 

nava 

^    n 

riNvpnn 

nK^pn 

nKtfon 

nNVD 

navonn 

navon 

navon 

nNVD 

»riK2forin 

'navon 

Tmiron 

♦nKBTp 

t     i 

ixvonn 

mvon 

iK'VPn 

wis 

onNvpnn 

on k von 

onKvon 

onKvb 

2 

[riNvpnn 

rnKvpn 

fnNvpn 

friKVb 

o*  • 

wnafonri 

WNvon 

••     ;     t 

UKvpn 

1JKVS 

—    n 

KVOJIN 

NVDN 

K'VOK 

KVON 

a> 

Nvonn 

Kvon 

K»von 

Nvbn 

=    i 

♦KVDnfl 

♦KVOn 

'K'von 

\\*von 

a. 

Karon' 

Kirp' 

K*VP! 

KVP' 

a* 

Kvpnn 

N»von 

K'<ron 

Kvon 

£   n. 

KVOfU 

NVOJI 

k'voj 

KVPJ 

as 

wvonn 

wvon 

wvon 

iKvpjri 

3 

nJKVonn 

HJKvpn 

njKvpn 

njNvbr 

-S.       J 

iKVon» 

1KVO' 

WVO' 

IKVO* 

a 

rmypnn 

njKvon 

t              :     t 

n^NVpn 

njKvon 

T 

a.    -.    • 
o         T  ' 

Kvpnn 

Kvon 

'•   :     t 

K'ypn 

Nivp 

1        ^ 

Kvonn 

mron 

♦Kvpnn 

JVbf  used. 

'K'VPn 

Not  used. 

C6 

ixvonn 

wvon 

B 

n^Kvonn 

t        ■.*-:• 

nm'on 

t        v     :     — 

KVOnO 

Kypp 

K'STOO 

NVOC 

n$ypnp 
hKvpnp 

nxypp  ! 
n&ipo i 

nij'ypp 
nKvoa 

nNvpp 
navpp 

D'NVOnO 

D'Kjrpp  | 

D'N'VOO 

D'KVpp 

niKsrpjip 

niavoo  i 

t  :    t      * 

niK'irpp  I 

niNvpp 

I 

f.  niK^ 

PP  they  D'KI 

SfP      M. 

nNivo  siu| 

Piayl. 

Niphal. 

Kal. 

^ j 

ksto 

KVDJ 

NiD 

he 

i 

1 

I      j 

HK2fO 

HNi'DJ 

HNVQ 

she 

j 

:      flNip 

>  thou 

CM. 

1    2 

'  ^ 

!    *nK2fp 

♦rwibj 

♦nK^o 

I 

1      2 

r*1 

I      win 

W2TDJ 

1N¥D 

they 

1      ** 

^3 

PPKipj 

uaipi 

ritfib 

T     T 

we. 

CM 
*F. 

K2fDK 

K^K 

NVDN 

I 

♦NVPJ1 

♦Kifbri 

Kypri 
♦**ibii 

>  thou 

CM. 

Cr- 
ew 

KVO* 

NV8> 

KSD* 

he 

55  , 

sT* 

N^pri 

she 
we 

re 

irnK^bn 

maibn 

]» 

CM. 
IF- 

re 

1NVP' 

t        v   —     ; 

T           V     T       ■ 

njNybri 

t        v    : 

I  they 

(  M. 

If, 

S3 

*"^     1 
re 

o 

s   s 

Ni'P 

"     T       ' 

Klifp 

Infinitive. 

re 

Ni'P 

»n£p 
w&b 

T           V     T       • 

N¥p 

♦KVP 

ruK&b 

t       v   : 

|  thou 

CM. 

(f. 

<[M. 
(F. 

'      ^2fOO 

tt¥DJ 

NXiO 

he 

riKypp 

n&sbj 

\» 

IS 

a 

::o\xypp 
frriiiibb 

T 

\f. 

•s" 

talXp     he. 

Past  01 

-  Passive  Part 

icip]e. 

Pages     52,  T3. 


i  — — - 

I 
i 

Ilithpaayl. 

Huphal. 

Hiphil. 

Pual. 

n^Jinn 

nSjrr 

nSjin 

n,V 

nnSiinn 

nn?:n 

nnSjn 

nnb: 

t    n 

nT,7Jnn 

n»^n 

r?7jn 

fvpi 

n^inn 

npin 

•  ri»Siri 

ri'7J 

0% 

Ti^nn 

»jV7Jri 

W7jn 

w%i 

2 

ninri 

i.?5n 

i7;n 

$ 

Dn*?inn 

Dn»Sin 

on^jn 

on»7; 

5 

jri^irin 

piyJiri 

inpiri 

fn»7'i 

VrSLnn 

w?*n 

w'Tjn 

w?j 

—    n 

<*                          T 

rhznx 

nSjN 

nS^\* 

hSjn 

:    ? 

n7.inn 

nS'iri 

n7jn 

n.7j'n 

5 

♦7'inri 

♦7JJ1 

♦7in 

*7j'ri 

^1 

ri^-in* 

n7.v 

n7j» 

nSj' 

~z*i 

nVihii 

n|?ifi 

n>'jn 

n.Vjii 

£   nT 

nSim 

rnij 

n^ 

rribj 

1       ^ 

reijin 

iSjn 

i^jn 

i7j'n 

^L 

rwVahii 

n^Sjn 

nr7jin 

nj'7jii7 

1  ^        * 

T  Kiii! 

#5' 

T  fti* 

T^ 

nyyzhk 

ny^n 

ny^jn 

t      ".'    ;    — 

rw^n 

ni^nn 

niSjn 

m?jin 

mS; 

:   2 
1-     n 

n^nn 

nSjn 

^       * 

\?4tfrj 

.Voi  usee/. 

»7in 

.Yot  used. 

2 

1*7  .inn 

i7jn 

t      V  ~      : 

n^Sjn 

t     v   :   — 

nSuno 

n>jo 

nSjo 

n>Jo 

n?inb 

nSis 

ipib 

n7j'o  i 

D'Tinp 

0*7.30 

o,ln3 

D»7J0 

nv?linb 

nnio 

nrtio 

rini'o 

j 

L 


F.  nVl7J  they  D'^7.1  M. 


nnS^  si.c  ^L 




Piayl. 

Niphal. 

Kal. 

rtfc 

nSjj 

nS-i 

he 

rrfi7ji 

nrfaii 

nnS7 

she 

riy?ii 

rira 

|thou  ^F; 

< 

W7J 

♦n»Sii 

W7J 

I 

A 

??ia 

"# 

they 

Ob 

^ 

dnpii 

DivVij 

DfltSjl 

>           (M. 

a 

fjvft 

wpii 

fTOJ 

a- 

!     ,J'VJ 

w?W 

lira 

*    T 

we. 

§ 

^ 

j     h^jn 

nSjiK 

rfaa 

I 

J 

rr'nn 

nSiri 

fpill 

}*«{* 

09 

♦fin 

t^I/i 

»7Ji1 

8 

r6r 

rra* 

rr^it 

he 

U* 

n>ffi 

rnifi 

nSiri 

she 

& 

:     nS'ij 

ri"*5jj 

rrai 

we 

^Viii 

nj?ii=i 

fain 

>           (M. 

Jye    If. 

!  rn^iri 

rwSiri 

nrSin 

re 

a 

T  fait; 

T  Bit 

T  By 

5 they  1 F. 

1  nyv$ 

fijylli 

njran 

t    v  ; 

sp 

1 

ft 

rrta 

T      ' 

ni^| 

Infinitive. 

rrVil 

nSjin 

nSj 

}  thou  1  F 

•5i 

•  t^iri 

•5i 

C6 

> 

£i 

ran 

& 

)          <M. 

a 

2 

T       V    ~ 

T       V    T     ' 

njra 

06 

a 
a- 

:     n.Sjo 

jiSjj 

nVu 

>          CM. 

1    rnio 

nSti 

PpU 

to 

D7-M 

}V|jr- 

a 

5  he. 

Past 

or  Passive  Participle. 

I 

Pages  54 

,  55. 

56 

IX.  Paradigm  of  the  Substantive  Verb  fPH  to  be. 

INDICATIVE    MOOD.— PRETER    TENSE 

Person.  singular.  Gender. 

3      (     nin     he  )  (  Mas. 


.  was, 
ftfi\Q     she  S  I  Fem. 

Mas. 


INFINITIVE. 

1*n<>rnV?l  being. 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

SINGULAR. 


2  \  fct       (  thou  wast,  ( 

(Fem. 

*TV*n  I  was,  Com. 

•     T 

PLURAL. 

3  VH  they  were,  Com. 

T 

C  Dil^n  )  (  Mas. 

2  <       *  >  ye  were,  { 

\   [£"0  $  (  Fern. 

1  ^nrT  we  were,  Com 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

SINGULAR. 

1  iT.nN  °r  'HNI  shall  or  will  be,  Com. 

2      irnri  °r  *nri  thou  shait  be, 

c  n*n*°r  ?n*  he)  (  Mas. 

3  /  J>  shall  be,  <{ 

( Fprrii  or  »rrri  she  ^  ^  Fem 

PLURAL. 

1  rVfTJ  or    \"7J  we  shall  or  will  be,  Com. 

C      'l'tf/n  )  (  Mas. 

2  <  >  ye  shall  be,  < 
nrftfirymY  (Fem. 

ViT  )  C  Mas. 

>  they  shall  or  will  be,  2 

■D*  )  I  Fern. 


c  n^.n  i  <  Mas. 

<        "  >  be  thou,  < 

(  20  S  I  *'em. 


9 


57 

PLURAL. 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR. 
PLURAL. 

<  >  they  are, 


Mas 
Fera. 


R.  60.  Irregular  Verbs  are  generally  arranged  under  seven 
classes,  (exhibited  in  the  preceding  Paradigms.)  of  which  the  third 
and  fifth  are  called  defectives,  and  the  other  quiesccnts,  as 

1,  When  £)  (i.  e.  the  first  radical,  see  the  note  in  Rule  51,)  is 

an  N,  as  7D^,  he  did  eat. 

2,  When  3  is  a  ♦,  as  2$>,  he  did  sit. 

3,  When  Sis  a  J,  as  C'jjJ,  he  drew  near. 

4,  When  ]?  (i.  e.  the  second  radical)  is  a  1,  as  Dip,  he  did 
arise. 

5,  When  tf  is  Geminatum,  (i.  e.  the  same  as  the  third  radical,) 
as^3D,  ne  surrounded. 

6,  When  7  (i.  e.  the  third  radical)  is  an  K,  as  NVJ2,  he  found. 

7,  When   7  is  a  H,  as  r?7^,  he  revealed. 

The  following  Rules  will  greatly  assist  in  learning  the  Irregu- 
lar Verbs.  . 

1.  Quiescent  &"£,  73N*. 

61.  The  first  radical  fr?,  is  generally  omitted  to  prevent  two 
Alephs  coming  together,  as73K  for  7DNN. 

Exception.  DHN,  fflN,  and  *]DN    are    sometimes  formed 

uke  npS. 

2.  Quiescent   "3,  D^». 

62.  *,  the  first  radical,  is  omitted  alter  every  one  of  the  letters 
*fUpX!l,    and  its  place  is  generally  supplied  by  a  long  vowel. 


58 

The  *  is  also  omitted  in  the  Imperative  of  Kal,  as  J}$ >  and  to 
the  Infinitive  of  Kal,  but  has  a  H  added,  as  rDC'. 

Excep.  1.  VV,  iTV,  I'D*  and  ID',  change  *  into  Tin  Hith- 
paail,  as  IHlfiPT. 

Excep.  2.    These  four  3DJ,  77J,  pJ>,  and  |1D»  retain  the  ♦, 

as  y&n. 

Excep.  3.  The  following  Verbs  in  *3  arc  more  or  less  con- 
jugated after  the  manner  of  JJf'JlJ,  as  3i*»,  J^*,  flJ*,  i?V*>  and 
£]P»,  constantly;  p^;  *l¥»  and^DS  generally;  yj>,  DPT', 
T*P%  and  "152"  only  once. 

3.  Defective  jfl ,  tp'jj. 

—   T 

63.  The  3  radical  is  dropped  in  the  Infinitive  and  Imperative 
of  Kal;  also  after  any  of  the  'fiJDNrT  letters,  the  J  is  omitted 
and  compensated  by  a  Dagesh  in  the  second  radical,  except  in  the 
future  of  Niphal,  in  the  whole  of  Piail,  Paul,  and  Hithpaail. 

64.  When  the  second  radical  is  a  Guttural,  the  ^  is  not  omitted  ; 
and  those  whose  second  radical  is  a  1,  are  conjugated  after  the  ex- 
ample of  Dip. 

65.  The  Verb  jjlj  hath  in  the  second  per.  Pret.  HfirU  and 
nfiri,  in  the  infinitive  jh^j  |hj>njn,nJl  and 'flfl,  with  the 
suffix  'J-lfl,  the  imperative  [fl>  "Jfi>rOft>  ♦Jfl,  future  JfiNf,  [i"lf> 
♦jriri,  plural  [TUffa  inf.  Niphal  [hill,  future  Hophal  JftJ, 

4.  Quiescent    fy*  Dip. 

66.  TheWav  is  omitted  or  quiescent  in  most  parts  of  the  Verb, 
as  will  be  seen  by  the  Paradigms. 

67.  The  grave  Paradigms  (i.  e.  those  characterized  by  a  Da- 
gesh,) double  the  second   radical,  as  DDlp,  and  in  some  Verbs 

both  radicals  are  doubled,  as  /D1?.)  ^rom  713- 

5.  Defective  ^  Geminatum,  3DD- 

68.  The  second  radical  is  frequently  omitted,  and  the  omission 
compensated,   either   by  a   long  vowel    under    the  Lormatives 

•  To  this  class,  belong  those  Verbs  whose  second  radical  is  ♦. 


59 

'rUDXri,  or  by  a  Dagesh  in  the  first  or  second  radical  when  an 
addition  is  made  to  the  root ;  see  the  Paradigms. 

69.  The  characteristic  Dagesh  is  usually  omitted,  and  instead 
of  it,  the  first  radical  takes  ")  as  331 D  lor  D5P* 

6.  Quiescent  fl*^,  N¥ft. 

70.  After  the  Example  of  tf¥£D,  all  Verbs  whose  third  radical 

1  T     T 

is  Aleph,  are  conjugated  with  the  following  exceptions. 
Excep.   1.  Sometimes  Aleph  is  omitted,  as  ^riV'- 
Excep.  2.  The  infinitives  often  end  in  flN,  as  f)^  /D- 
Excep.  3.  The  third  per.  sing.  fern,  often  terminates  in  fl 

instead  of  If,  as  DSOp  for  nN")p. 

t|t  t        |t 

Excep.  4.  The  Verb  Nt^i  sometimes  in  the  participle  pas- 
sive changes  N  into  ♦,  as  *li^J  for  frOJ^J. 

7.  Quiescent  n'7,  H7 }. 

71.  The  Jl  is  frequently  changed  into  *  or  jH,  as  will  be  seen 
by  the  Paradigms. 

Excep.  The  Verbs  HDJI,  FUJ,  nOf!>  are  regular. 

72.  In  some  Verbs  the  first  and  second  radicals  are  doubled  in 
the  grave  Paradigms,  as  ]}&]}$. 

73.  The  infinitives  end  generally  in  fii,  as  Hi  7-3,  some  with 
Jl,  as  li  ?JI,  and  others  in  1,  as  iT^. 

74.  In  the  Imperative  of  Piail  and  Hithpaail,  both  the  radical 
H  and  the  characteristic  Dagesh  are  often  omitted.  Also  in  the 
future,  the  !l  and  Dagesh  are  omitted  when  prefixed  by  1  conver- 

sivum,  or  the  particle   7N- 

75.  When  a  Verb  has  *,  or  3,  for  the  first  radical,  and  Jl  for 
the  last,  it  has  a  twofold  irregularity  ;  and  is  conjugated  in  the  be- 
ginning like  3££"  or  t^'j  J,  and  at  the  end  like  H  7|. 


60 


CHAP.  IX. 

Pronominal  Affixes  to  the  Verbs. 

R.  76.  Affixes  to  Verbs  are  the  parts  of  Pronouns  joined  to 
Verbs  active  only,  to  point  out  the  Patient,  i.  e.  the  person  or 
thing  acted  upon,  as  ^ID?,  he  learned  or  taught  me;  but  in  the 
Infinitive  it  may  signify  the  Agent  or  Patient,  as  1N*)p«J,  when 
he  cries ;  i*1pi£^7  to  keep  him. 

The  following  are  the  Affixes  used  to  Verbs,  and  the  next  ex- 
ample will  show  the  manner  in  which  they  are  affixed. 


8 

03 

Number. 
Person. 

♦J 

♦J: 

'-?.. 

♦4.. 

•  >— 

1 

me 

i 

c. 

S.    , 

u 

T 

U. 

us 

we 

c. 

P.    | 

>  1 

ro 

n... 

^: 

% 

thee 

thou 

M. 

s. 

>2 

>3 

^.. 

n~ 

thee 

thou 

F. 

s. 

D5: 

you 

ye 

M. 

s. 

P.. 

you 

ye 

F. 

P. 

< 

1 

in: 

in 

T 

>ft.. 

H3 

T  V 

i 

him 

he 

M. 

s. 

T  V 

n 

T  V 

n 

T 

her 

she 

F. 

s. 

D_ 

Dt 

□  .. 

them 

they 

M. 

p. 

• 
1- 

i. 

1- 

them 

they 

F. 

p. 

f  'AumZ'J'nKm 


or— ran  — i  i.aawi.wuF«.  .  j  jtilj  •-[.«-  tr  ■r"jr?~*igEj_Aw« 


FEMININE. 


nip.S  her 

no? tiiem 
nrnb1?  her 

nnip1? her 

fniO^  the; 
iTfnbj?  her 
priip?  them 

nnpj? her 

JHOJ?  them 

niniD1?  her 
pnip?  them 
r»!)H07  her 
"linp1?  them 


nnpS. 
nnbr 

pT"fipT.  them 
.TlP^n  her 
T[HD7n  them 

rrn©_7»  her 

>1  them 


her 


r?n"0TniP3 her 

pC)S  them 

nnp3 her 

TjHpS  them 
nHP7her 
P"?P7  them 


MASCULINE. 


inynoShim 

iQ:Dnp^  them 
*nfl"tfnp^  him 
'  DnT.07  them 

innnnip1?  him 

T  Dnlp1?  them 
JliTiTvAiP?  him 
D^IP^  them 

innoj?  him 

DHO?  them 

imrnp?  him 

Dinip?  them 

fcwip?  hii 

oiHb1?  th. 


)m6b\  S  wm 

Dn'bnpT  them 
ihnpyri  him 
DHD7TI  them 

DHDT  them 


MY^YnoJ? him 

01b.? them 

wip?  ^m 
DHP7 them 

innbS  him 

DllbSthem 


n|i"nTnnpShe 
Tjy  ppj  tin 


inynpS  him 

D1"DlbS  them 


FEMININE. 


thee 
you 
thee 

rrirno^  you 


Tflip!? the€ 
p»linpj?  you 

'   miD7  thee 

rrrnb'S  you 


ynpS  thee 
I^^IP?  >'ou 


»  thee 

rmoV  yoa 


_   >»  thee 


^-ToSthe 


a 


you 


D31 


■H 


wrno.?  ,is 

*i£np./  me 
$5*707 ,is 

wnTtp1?  us 
»ino|?  m« 
lino?  us 

wrno?  m« 


*n9,T. 


me 

no?!.1 
wip*?* us 
♦jhoVji me 

MH9?^i us 


»no 


s 


me 
us 

•JH91?  me 

WHO?  "s 

wno?  me 
lino?  "s 


\H"Hp7  me 

^iot"  us 


"TO 7  he  taught 
HID?  sne  taught 

T  ;  it 

D1D7  thou  taughtest,  m. 

t     :   -   t 
moS  thou  taughtest,  f. 

'#"79?  J  taught 

npS  they  taught 
0010*7  ye  taught,  m. 
|fl"7p7  J'e  taught,  f. 

1JT07  we  taught 


"Tt07*     ne  sna"  teach 
«.»m,LLJ  $  she  shall  teach 
I  lD7r»  •£  thou  shalt  teach,  m. 

TiO/N    '  sha11  teach 


TJO7J    we  shall  teach 

*TO Sfl  thou  shalt  teach,  f. 

1107*   they  shall  teach,  m. 
}"JD7fi     ye  shall  teach,  m. 


n 


TJQ  7  teach  thou,  m 

HQ7  teach  thou,  f. 

!)"1237  teach  ye,  m. 
nmbS  teach  ye,  f. 


TJQ^  to  teach 


*% 


^ 


61,  62 


63 
CHAPTER  X. 

niW  PARTICLES. 

R.  77.  Under  the  word  particles  is  comprehended  : 

1.  Adverbs,  words  joined  to  verbs  or  adjectives,  explanatory 
of  son>e  circumstance  or  quality. 

2.  Prepositions,  expressing  the  relations  of  nouns  to  verbs, 
with  respect  either  to  situation,  time,  or  cause  of  motion  or  rest. 

3.  Conjunctions,  joining  words  or  sentences  together. 

4.  Interjections,  expressing  a  sudden  emotion  of  the  mind, 
whether  of  joy,  grief,  or  passion. 

Note.  That  the  student  may  with  greater  facility  refer  to 
any  of  the  particles,  they  are  here  mixed  and  arranged  alpha- 
betically. 

7^  Nevertheless,  but,  yet.  Conj. 

HHK  Woe!  oh!     ah!  alas!  Int. 

TiK  Either.  Adv. 

iTitf.nis4  Woe!  to!  fye!  oh!  ah!  alas!                 Int. 

*7  IK  Per  adventure.  Adv. 

D71K    Verily,  truly.  Adv. 

D/1K     Nevertheless,  notwithstanding.  Conj. 

♦W  It*  Then,  at  that  time.  Adv. 

nK  Woe  !  oh  !  ah  !   alas  !  Int. 

T 

*T,n:\ft  Back,  behind.  Adv. 

n»|*J1frS   Backward.  Adv. 

♦7PHK  ^fiK     Oh  that!  I  wish!  Int. 

nilN  inK   After,  after  that.  Adv. 

nilN*  ink  After,  behind.  Prep. 

P'HPTN  After  that,  after  that  time.  Adv. 

nn«  One.  Adv. 

DK  Slowly.  Adv. 

JVK  *N  Where?  at  what  place.  Adv. 

>K  Woe  to!  fye!  Int. 

rpK  How.  Adv. 

!12),K  How,  in  what  manner,  also,  as.  Adv 
10 


64 

rOD*N  H3*{<  How,  in  what  manner,  alas,  as.  Adv, 

PK  ptj  No,  not.  Adv. 

ififi'K  Where  ?  Adv. 

T|K  Only,  at  least,  but,  except.  Adv. 

T]N  But,  but  yet.  Conj. 

TJX  Truly,  verily.  Adv. 

^N    Not.  Adv. 

Stf    To,  for,  against  it,  in  behalf.  Prep. 
"OySlK  Beyond,  over,  against,  on  the  other  side.  Prep. 

17K   Perhaps.  Prep. 

'./?$  Towards,  against,  unto.  Prep. 

*S /N    Woe  is  me.  Int. 
DN  If,  whether,  since.                               Adv.  Con). 
tf'S  DN  If  not,  unless.                                      Adv.  Conj. 

pN*  So  be  it.  Int. 

OJPK  Verily,  truly.  Adv. 
npitf  Truly,  indeed,  verily.  Adv. 

PUN  ?N  Where.  Adv. 

T    T         I     T 

XJN  I  pray,  beseech,  entreat.  Int. 

fjK  Also.  Conj. 

*3"£lK  Much  more,  much  less.  Adv. 

S^N*  Near,  beside.  Prep. 

"Ifi^'N  That,  because,  since.  Prep. 
SitthK  Yesterday.  Adv. 

bb)%  Because  of,  for  the  sake  of.  Prep 

H3  In,  near  by,  by  reason  of.  Prep. 

*5   I  pray,  beseech,  intreat.  Int. 

|»3  Between.  Prep. 

n*3  nO  Inside,  within.  Adv. 

nbD  As,  in  like  manner.  Ad\. 

P5  After  such  manner.  Adv. 

D3  Then,  not,  before,  hereupon.  Adv. 

Si  No,  not.  Adv- 

tfSi  Without.  Prep- 
♦Va  Not,  without.                                     Adv.  Prep- 
HjSi  Excepting,  beside,  saving.                  Adv.  Prep 


65 

'flv^  No*'  besides,  unless,  excepting.  Adv. 

'nS^  Without.  Prep. 

"^31^3  Because  of,  for  the  sake  of.  Prep. 

"\131^3  Because,  for  that.  Conj. 

DJ  Also.  Conj. 

♦3  0}  Although,  even.  Conj. 

N.1  Here!  behold!  Int. 

n^n  Ha!  ha!    oh!  Int. 

OJO  Whether,  truly.  Adv. 
3n    i"73n  Come  on!    goto!    well!  prepare!         Int. 

nn  Woe!    ah!    as!  Int. 

♦in  Woe  to!   fye!  Int. 

♦in  Mn  Ho!    hark  ye  !  Int. 

Di*n  To  day,  this  day,  at  this  time.  Adv. 

^»n  How.  Adv. 

n^Sn  Beyond,  on  the  furtiiui  side.  Adv. 

Di7n  Hither.  Adv. 

njin  |fi  Lo,  behold,  observe.  Int. 

njn  Hither,   here.  Adv. 

nS'in  Much,  many.  Adv. 

K^i  Although.  .  Conj. 

V1IT   IfV  Together,  i.  e.  united  together.  Adv. 

"IB'iO  As  soon  as.  Adv. 

*)33  Long  ago,  formerly.  Adv. 

il3  So,  even  so,  as.  Adv. 

♦3  Although,  because  for  that  Conj. 

U$  »3  But  if.  Adv. 

□  £"♦3  But.  Conj. 

n33  So,  even  so,  as.  Adv. 

T      T 

D"iD3  iD3  As,  in  like  manner.  Adv. 

|3  So,  thus.  Adv. 

tfS  No,  not.  Adv. 

P'lft  Not  so-  Conj 

137  Only,  excepting.  Adv. 

!)7  Perhaps.  Adv. 

V?  Perhaps,  if.  Conj 


60 

1*7  Pray  !  beseech  !  intreal !  Int. 

N»lS  O  that !  I  wish  !  Int. 

JOT1/"  Not,  unless,  but,  that.  Conj. 

p7  Therefore.  Conj. 

n&7   Why,  wherefore.  Adv. 

T  tl 

|^*D7  Because  of,  for  the  sake  of  Prep. 

jl/*D7  Because,  for  that.  Conj. 

»^>7  Before.  Prep. 

D'J37  Before,  formerly.  Adv. 

"TiNO  Very  much,  greatly,  earnestly.  Adv. 

pXD  From  whence.  Adv. 

iTSD  fl??P  From  inside.  Adv. 

V5P  Without  me  Prep. 

^TD  Why,  wherefore.  Adv. 

V1P  Thenceforth,  thereupon.  Prep. 

fnnp  >~?P  Hastily,  quickly,  swiftly.  Adv. 

7^0  Against,  over  against.  Prep. 

ifinp  From  without.  Adv. 

ninp   "iHp  To-morrow.  Adv. 

'   [Jj»   *p  O  that !    I  wish.  Adv. 

npD  Bottom,  below.  Adv. 

"?5!?P  Excepting,  beside,  saving.  Prep. 

ftQDlD  From  below.  Adv. 

tVTVQ/D  From  above.  Adv. 

tV£]?/D  Nigh  by,  near  to,  towards,  over  against.   Prep. 

D\rf£J*7P  Heretofore,  formerly.  Adv. 

7l^P  Against,  over  against.  Prep. 

fT^nSO  On  the  morrow.  Adv. 

*3D  [P  From,  out  of,  by,  of.  Prep. 

"Ol^O  On  the  side,  over  against.  Pre;>. 

brp  Tjess> a  uttle-  Adv. 

pyp  pi^P  By  little  and  little,  by  degrees.  Adv. 

fp#0  Spp  Above.  Adv. 

i3P   JiSP  From  hence,  from  here.  Adv. 

*J5P  Because  of,  for  the  sake  of.  Prep. 

□  "IpP  In  time  past,  a  good  while  ago,  anciently.  Adv. 


67 

D&'P  From  thence.  Adv. 

>jh0  When.  Adv. 

N3  I  pray !    beseech !  entreat '  Int. 

"1JJJ3  Before,  opposite.  Prep. 

fO-3  Against,  opposite.  Prep. 

nVJ  Eternal,  for  ever.  Adv. 

D'3D  Round  about.  Prep. 

"D37  Over,   past,   beside.  Prep. 

JVC!?  A  Hebrew  woman.  Adv. 

1]?  Unto,  up  to,  even  to.  Prep. 

DN""W  Until.  Adv. 

]X~iy  Till,  when.  Adv. 

run  ""IP  Thus  far,  to  this  time.  Adv. 

T>5""W  Until  that.  Adv. 

?2"*llf  Thus  far,  to  this  time  Prep. 

T»D""iy  HO"!]?  How  long.  Adv. 

-     T  -  T 

♦"1J7  Unto,  up  to,    even  to.  Prep. 

Til?  As  yet,  hitherto.  Adv. 
D7li?  Always,  for  a  continuance,  perpetually.  Adv. 

/¥.    'V  Over  head,  above,  upon,  near.  Prep. 

*DI?  "^  On  the  side,  over  against.  Prep. 

p'Sj/  Therefore.  Conj. 
,"T£D.r  OV  With,  together,  in  conjunction  with.       Prep. 
DSP  Nigh  by,  near  to,  towards,  over  against.  Prep. 

ftfty  At  present.  Adv. 

^T)V  Because,  for  that.  Conj. 

iD   tlB  Here.  Adv. 

f£)  Least.  Adv. 

D*i3  Before,  heretofore,  formerly.  Adv. 
DiNflS   Suddenly,  unlooked  for,  on  a  sudden.     Adv. 

Dip  In  time  past,  a  good  while  ago.  Adv. 

^"1  Much,  many.  Adv. 
J?jn  Momentary,  in  an  instant,  suddenly.        Adv. 

DpH  Emptily,   foolishly.  Adv. 

JOt!'  Vainly,  in  vain.  Adv. 

WW^b  Third.  Adv. 


6K 

Di£'7^  The  day  before  yesterday.  Adv. 

f!QB>  Dty  There,  thither.  Adv. 

TJ"IW'  Second.  Adv. 

jinn  Under,  underneath,  instead  of.  Adv. 

TJOfl  Yesterday.  Adv. 

TDri  Always,  continually.  Adv. 

R.  78.  From  the  preceding  particles,  the  iollowing  have  pro- 
nominal Affixes. 


PEH. 

1 


Com. 

Mas. 

Fem. 

( Mas. 
\  Fem. 

Com. 

(Mas. 
\  Fem. 

Mas. 

Fem. 


1  Com. 
(Mas. 

2  ?Fem. 
( Mas. 
( 1  em. 


Com. 
(Mas. 
4  Fem. 

<|Mas. 
)  Fem. 


1 


r* 


not. 


SING. 

♦J^N    not  I. 


"?\¥&  not  thou. 

TJJ'N  not  thou. 

MtfH  not  he. 

mJTN  not  she. 

TV 

2   icp   like  us. 
*J1t33    like  me. 

T 

HiOD  like  thee. 

TjiDD  like  thee. 

1JliD3  like  him. 

iTJoS  like  her. 

T  X 

3    TJ] J    before  me. 

'"TJJ    before  me. 
'TnjJl    before  thee. 
TpJi    before  thee. 

ilJlJ    before  him. 
iTUJ    before  her. 

4   Dy    with 

'0J7    with  me. 

t]Q^   with  thee. 

7|2#    with  thee. 

ISV  with  him. 
nO^    with  her. 


PLU1UL. 

IS^N  not  us. 

D^tf  not  ye. 

pi*N  not  ye. 

0¥K  not  them. 

T 

|  J*N    not  them. 
UiD3   like  us. 

T 

D3iDD  like  you. 

plDD  like  you. 

DniOS  like  her. 

[Hici)  like  them. 

I^IJIJ    before  us. 

D_V"TJ,J    before  you 
jP*"tJI.3    before  you. 

D)T"TJ3   before  them. 
[iTI }  J    before  them. 

UStf    with  us. 

T 

DD£]7   with  you. 

P?V  with  y°u- 

D2tf  with  them. 
fQy   with  them. 


69 


CHAPTER  XL— Servile  Letters 

R.  79.  The  Hebrew  letters  are  divided  into  Radicals  and 
Serviles.  The  following  eleven  1p%'51?D£3rU"?J!  are  always 
radicals  ;  but  those,  usually  called  ^7^1  Hp'O  irVN  may  be 
radicals  or  serviles,  but  the  letters  J^U^N  in  the  middle  and 
end  of  a  word  are  always  radicals.  The  servile  letters  are 
used  in  the  following  manner. 

R.  80.  }<  is  one  of  the  heemantiv  letters,  and  is  used  1st.  to 
form  nouns  from  verbs,  and  which  are  called  verbal  or  hee- 
mantiv nouns  ;  2nd.  to  form  the  first  person  singular  Com.  in 
the  future  tense. 

R.  81.  3  is  used,  1st,  as  an  inseperable  preposition  in,  pre- 
fixed to  nouns  to  denote  the  ablative  case,  as  r*)JO  in  the 
earth  ;  2d,  it  is  prefixed  to  the  infinitive  to  form  the  Gerund, 
as  "liO/^  m  learning. 

R.  82.  n  is  one  of  the  heemantivs,  and  is  used  1st,  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  ;  2nd,  as  the  definite  article ;  3rd,  it  is  pre- 
fixed to  the  participle  as  a  relative  pronoun,  as  "TO*) 7 H  he  who 
is  learning  ;  4th,  to  particles  as  an  interrogative,  as  ^7i1  is  it 
not  r  5th,  It  is  suffixed  to  denote  the  feminine  Gender ;  6th, 
it  is  added  to  nouns  and  verbs  as  a  paragogic  letter;  7th,  it  is 
affixed  to(  nouns  in  the  dative  instead  of  the  prefix  S,  as  n¥"lN 
for  }*"1^7  ;  8th,  it  is  also  added  to  nouns,  with  or  without  a 
maphpik ;  9th,  it  is  prefixed  to  verbs  as  a  performant  in  the  in- 
finitive of  Niphal,  and  as  a  characteristic  in  Hiphil,  Hophal, 
and  Hithpaail ;  Lastly,  it  is  suffixed  to  the  preterite  in  the  third 
person  singular  feminine. 

R.  83.  1  is  used  1st,  as  an  Heemantiv  to  form  nouns  ;  2d,  it 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  and  verbs  as  a  conjunction  copulative,  dis- 
junctive adversative,  casual  or  conversive  ;  3d,  it  is  suffixed  as 
an  inseparable  pronoun  to  nouns  and  to  verbs. 

R.  84.  ♦  is  used  1st,  as  one  of  the  Heemantivs;  2d,  it  is  af- 
fixed to  nouns  as  the  first  person  common  of  the  possessive  pro 


70 

noun  singular  and  plural ;  3d,  it  is  used  to  form  the  ordinal 
numerals  from  the  cardinals,  as  t^7&f  three,  from  >C"7C  the 
third  ;  4th,  to  form  a  national  noun,  as  ♦'"1VO  an  Egyptian  ; 
5th,  to  denote  the  singular  and  plural  regimen  ;  6th,  it  is  used 
in  the  verb  as  a  prefix  to  denote  the  third  person  masculine  in 
the  future,  and  suflixed  to  denote  the  second  person  feminine 
future  and  imperative ;  7th,  it  is  also  used  as  a  pronominal  af- 
fix, as  *JTpjp  he  visited  me. 

R.  85.  3  is  prefixed,  1st,  to  nouns  and  pronouns  to  form  a 
comparison,  as  1X^"li3D  H.I^D,  thou  art  like  Pharaoh  ;  2d,  to 
form  the  Gerund,  as  Tlfj73  when  learning;  3d,  it  is  suffixed 
to  nouns  and  verbs  to  denote  the  second  person  singular  and 
plural  masculine  and  feminine. 

R.  86.  7  is  prefixed  1st,  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  cases; 
2d,  to  the  infinitive  to  form  the  Gerund. 

R.  87.  t2  is  one  of  the  hetmantiv  letters  to  form  nouns.  It 
is  prefixed  to  nouns:  1st,  to  denote  the  ablative  case;  2d,  to 
make  the  comparative.  To  verbs  it  is  prefixed  to  denote  the 
participle  Piail,  Pual,  Hiphil,  Hophal,  and  Hithpaail,  and  to  the 
infinitive  to  form  the  Gerund.  It  is  suffixed  to  nouns  to  form 
the  plural  masculine  and  the  dual  common,  and  also  to  form 
adverbs  :  as  from  112$   is  formed  DJDN  truly ;    and  as  the  se- 

I    ••      T  T     ;       T  "  > 

cond  and  third  person  pronoun  plural  masculine.  To  pronouns 
to  denote  the  second  and  third  person  plural  masculine,  and  to 
verbs  to  denote  the  second  person  plural  masculine  preterite. 

R.  88.  J  is  likewise  used  as  an  heemantiv  letter.  It  is  pre- 
fixed to  verbs  to  denote  the  second  and  third  person  future 
plural,  and  also  as  the  characteristic  ofNiphal.  It  is  affixed  to 
nouns  to  denote  the  second  and  third  person  pronoun  plural  fe- 
minine, to  nouns  and  verbs  before  the  pronominal  T  affix  to  the 
first  person  plural.  It  is  suffixed  to  verbs  to  denote  the  second 
person  plural  feminine  preterite,  the  second  person  feminine  im- 
perative, the  second  and  third  person  plural  feminine  future 
also  as  a  pronominal  affix  to  the  verb,  as  OT!3  7  teach  me.  It 
is  used  to  form  the  second  and  third  person  pronoun  feminine. 


71 

R.  89.  $  is  prefixed  instead  of  the  pronoun  ~\&H  and  sig- 
nifies who,  or  which. 

R.  90.  n  is  used  as  an  heemantiv  letter.  When  suffixed  to 
nouns  it  denotes  ;  1st,  the  feminine  gender;  2d,  it  makes  the 
regimen  feminine ;  3d,  it  forms  the  feminine  plural.  To  verbs 
it  is  prefixed  in  the  future  to  denote  the  second  person  mascu- 
line and  feminine  singular  and  plural,  and  the  third  person  sin- 
gular and  plural  feminine,  and  as  the  characteristic  of  Hithpa- 
ail.  And  it  is  suiUxed  in  the  preterite  to  denote  the  second 
person  singular  and  plural  masculine  and  feminine. 

CHAPTER  XII. 

Rules  for  finding  out  the  root  of  every  word. 

R.  91.  If  after  the  rejection  of  the  serviles,  if  there  be  any, 
there  should  remain  four  letters,  which  will  rarely  be  the  case, 
these  are  the  radicals,  as  nilD/JI  and  desolate. 

R.  92.  If  three  letters  remain,  they  are  the  radicals ;  as 
0'"OI'N  I  will  remember  thee,  R  is  the  sign  of  the  first  person 
singular  future,  I  will ;  the  second  3  is  the  pronominal  affix  se- 
cond person  singular  feminine,  thee  ;  and  the  *  is  a  paragogic 
letter  ;  the  remaining  letters  "Of  are  the  radicals. 

R.  93.  Should  there  be  only  two  letters  remaining  : 

1.  If  the  first  has  a  dagesh  prefix,  either  a  J,  as  &%  from 
the  root  £?SH;  or  a  t,  as  17  from  the  root  17* ;  and  in  one 
instance  prefix  a  7.   as   dp  from  Hp7. 

2.  If  the  second  hath  a  dagesh,  double  the  dageshed  letter ; 
as  ?!3D  from  33  D  ;  in  some  instances  insert  a  J  between  the 
two  radicals,  as  IDII  from  £DJf"T. 

3.  If  neither  of  the  letters  has  a  dagesh,  insert  a  %  as  fiOp 
from  Dip.  If  a  1  precedes  the  two  radicals,  change  it  into 
*,  as  2?*1in  from  £1'  ;  and  if  a  *  succeed  the  two  radicals 
add  a  ,1,  as  *7Jn  from   17 X 

T    T 

11 


72 

R.  94.  If  one  radical  letter  only  remains,  prefix  a  J  or'  and 
add  a  H,  as  CD»1_  from   fTKJ  ;  JVTirD  from  H*V. 

«'Vore. — Some  exceptions  might  be  added  to  the  above  rules, 
but  these,  and  all  other  difficulties  respecting  the  roots,  the 
student  will  be  master  of  before  he  has  examined  many  chap- 
ters in  the  Bible. 


CHAPTER  XIII.—  Changes  of  Letters  and  Points. 

R.  95.  The  letters  'IIIN,  and  those  of  the  same  organ,  &ic. 
frequently  change  with  each  other. 

To  prevent  the  increase  of  syllables,  when  the  word  increases 
in  letters,  the  long  vowels  are  generally  changed  into  short 
ones.  The  occasion  on  which  words  increase  in  letters  are, 
Gender,  Affixes,  Numbers,  or  Regimen. 

R.  96.    Gender. 

1.  When  the  feminine  gender  is  formed  from  the  masculine, 
the  ( 1  )  is  generally  changed  into  (  :  ),  as  illilil  from  /Hj, 
except  nouns  of  one  syllable,  as  PU1  from  .11. 

2.  When  the  last  vowel  is  ('" )  and  not  preceded  by  (T  )  it  is 
changed  into  (•  ),  as  TVVtf!  from  Ity;  but  133  makes  JTD3, 
and  when  the  word  increases  with  fl  the  (  "  )   is  changed  into 

(•■•),  as  rnrrK  from  iru\\ 

3.  When  the  vowels  are  two  Segols,  the  first  changes  to  ( "  ) 
or  (  •  )  and  the  second  to  (  : ),  as   HiSOD  from  b>2?' 

R.  97.   Number. 

1.  In  forming  the  plural,  1,  the  first  vowel  (T  )  ("  )  or  (v  ) 
is  changed  into  (  :  ),  as  □''"12*1  from  121,  Q'liDD  from  1£)D, 
DO /P  from  71 7 p  ;  but  to  compensate  for  an  omitted  dagesh, 
the  (T  \  remains,  as   01"'in  from  C 117- 

x  '  ■         T  T  T  T 

2.  If  the  first  vowel  be  (  1 )  and  followed  by  ( '•'  )  it  is  chang- 
ed to  (  =  ),  as  D'VPj?  from  T?p  5  D'StflJ  from  hVQ  5  but 
if  the  first  letter  be  a  guttural,  it  has  a  (T:),  as  D*p*in  from 

3.  If  the  first  vowel  be  ("  )   and  followed  by  (  '  ),  the  ("  ) 


73 

is  changed  to  (  :  )  and  the  (  '  )  into  ( T  )  or  both  are  contracted 
into  one  ( ■■  ),  as  D'B^ll  from   £MJ1 ;  D'fif  from  iVf. 

4.  If  the  latter  be  ( " )  and  not  preceded  by  ( r )  it  is  changed 
into  (:  ),  as  D*DP'i#  from  D»D1# 

5.  If  the  latter  vowel  be  (  ")  and  succeeded  by  a  quiescent 
Jl,  the   H   is  dropt  and  the  (■)   changed  into  (  *  ),  as  O'S' 

from  112  ■• 

V    T 

Note. — Feminine  nouns  do  not  often  change  their  points,  but 
when  they  do,  it  is  generally  according  to  the  foregoing  rules. 
R.  98.    Regimen. 

1.  The  first  vowel  both  in  masculine  and  feminine  singular 
and  plural,  is  changed  to  (  :  )  ;  and  the  other  ( T  ),  if  not  fol- 
lowed by  a  quiescent  ^,  is  changed  into  ( "  ),  as  "D*l  for  ""Q1. 

2.  In  the  plural  masculine  and  feminine  ( "  )  is  changed  to 
(  :  )  and  the  preceding  (  :  )  to  ( •  ),  as  ^pf  for  D'Jpi ;  filTtil 

for  nnif 

3.  If  the  last  be  ( '■'  )  and  followed  by  ,1  quiescent,  it  is  chang- 
ed into  ("),  as  ."Upp  for  HJpO  ;  and  in  plural,  if  there  be 
two  ( ■•■  )  the  first  is  changed  to  (  -  )  or  (  •  )  and  the  second  to  (  :  ), 
as  ♦D^O  for  T[7p  ;  and  if  the  word  has  (  ■■ )  and  (  "  ),  the  ( -  ) 
is  changed  into  ( ■  ),  as  ^DD  for  "HDD,  except  gutturals,  which 
change  the  ( •  )  into  (  •)  and  the  (  •)  into  (  :  ),  as  ,,'2&y  for 

4.  Those  words  which  have  ( *  )  and  ( -  )  contract  both  into 
(••),  as  ]T3  forJT?. 

5.  Words  of  one  syllable  with  (T  )  seldom  change,  but  when 
they  do,  it  is  to  (  *  ),  as  3K  for  3N*.  If  the  word  be  followed 
by  makkaph,  (  1 )  is  changed  to  Kametz-chataph  and  ( "  )  to 
(■•■),  as  "Sp  for  93:  "|2  for  |3- 

R.  99.  Affixes  to  Nouns. 

1.  Two  (  T)  change  like  ")^"T.     See  Rule  40. 

2.  (  -)  and  (  • )  change  (*  )  into  (  * },  as  VJpf  for  fpj. 

3.  (  •• )  and  (  *  )  generally  change  (  T  )  into  ( i  )/as  i'mS  from 

nio. 

V  T 

4.  Those  pointed  with  ( i  )  or  (  •  )  and  (  T ),  change  the  ( T ) 
into  (  : ),  as  H13D  from  TDD;  iTfJ  from  TfJ 


74 

5.  ( T )   and  (  ")   change  the  latter  into  (  :  ),  as  OD7  from 

6.  Two  ( '•' )  or  (  ■  )  and  (  •  )  change  the  first  (  • )  or  (  " )  in 
the  singular  into  (  ' ),  and  the  second  into  (  :  ),  as  iDDJ  from 
TIDJ5 ;  but  in  the  plural  they  are  changed  like  two  (T  ).  See 
-O"?,  Rule  40. 

T      T 

7.  (  ")  and  (  i  )  change  (  *| )  into  (  i  ),  as  VfW  from  p:i\ 

8.  ('•'  )  and  (  1 )  change  ( 1 )  to  Kametz-chataph,  and  the  ( '•') 
to  (  «  ),  as  *#in  from  l^'in. 

9.  ( '  )  and(")  contract  both   to  one  ("),  as  *iV!!l  from 

n?3. 


CHAPTER  XIV.— Numerals. 

R.  100.  Numbers   are  expressed  by  distinct  words  as  well 
as  by  letters,  and  are  either  Cardinals  or  Ordinals. 


ORDINALS. 

CARDINALS. 

Fern. 

J/as. 

Fern. 

Jl/as. 

n:it>\\n 

|l#*n 

First. 

nr»N 

"UlN   One. 

Tjri# 

*J# 

Second. 

D^nr 

D»i$  Two. 

rvyni1 

♦e*Sb> 

Third. 

;:,'S;r 

HC^tr   Three. 

rvyon 

»yoh 

Fourth. 

yaiN 

nyVlN   Four. 

riT'PD 

•t&^bri 

Fifth. 

cr'sn 

fi^Cfl   Five. 

n»K^' 

HPfc 

Sixth. 

^'P' 

n^'cy  six. 

n»^i^ 

lyiytf 

Seventh. 

tf3# 

nyy&   Seven. 

iri»pB> 

*i*p^ 

Eighth. 

nJDiy" 

i"UOB>   Eight. 

iry^jji 

*y»e>n 

Ninth. 

y^ii 

nytr'Jl   Nine. 

nnf£J2 

'T^ 

Tenth. 

rnW 

R.  101.  From  Ten  upwards,  there  is  no  difference  between 
the  Ordinals  and  Cardinals. 


75 


Will   D*yB^"i1    Ninty-nine.  — &V   T"N     Eleven. 


Tj^w"   C'--LM   Eighty-eight.  "'J'"   ini 

flKQ    Onchimdre        ITTfrj?  j?) 

Z";  red.      rHe?l    :*:'  i 

niNO  w'T-*    Three  hundred.   H^J'r  Q*}$  .Twelve. 
r"N   0» stbous  ....'.   "\";' '  L""^'   Thirteen. 
D*d7M   Twothons.     []  ,~  -  '   I"":1;*  Twenty-twt 
Q»|)7N  r-"L8i  T   .  -.  2  ■"        ::^:'  Thirty-three. 

^.„     ^.  y^lKl  O'jPXlK  Fourty-Jbnt 

njj     \  2        Q  U'-       1  :::v-nve. 

D»rii3"i    Twenty  thous.      ^"-'Z"S-'    Sixty-ax. 
ttflf  BVtnf  Thirty  thous.  JDt71  Z'L'Z'S   Seventy-sever.. 


CHAPTER   XV. 

Syntax,  or  the  construction  of  words  in  sentences. 

R.  102.  The  article  D  prefixed  to  a  noun,  is  also  prefixed 
to  the   adjective  or  pronoun  belonging  to  the  same  noun,  as 

R.  103.  1  article  is  omitted  :  1.  in  those  nouns  which  are 
prefixed  by  2-  2-  ■"■'  7,  and  the  prefix  takes  its  point,  and  the 
succeeding  letter  receives  a  dagesh  forte,  as  "13"1©3  instead  of 

2.  In  the  noun  regimen,  and  prefixed  to  the  second  noun,   as 

R.  104.  When  two  nouns  are  used  in  apposition,  i.  e.  to  sig- 
nify the  same  thine,  they  generally  agree  in  gender,  number, 
and  case,  except  nouns  of  dignity,  as  '"12"  1H  T2  by  the 
hand  of  my  servant  David;  TWO?  DiTO'lK/> 

R.  105.  If  the  first  noun  be  prefixed  by  a  preposition  or  prefix, 
the  second  noun  has  the  same,  as  2,7^,,*,   T13J?7- 

R.  106.  When  two  things  are  compared  with  each  other,  the 


76 

D  comparison  is  prefixed  to  the  second  as  well  as  to  the  first 
noun,  as  ^^3  »S^3. 

R.  107.  Adjectives,  pronouns,  and  participles  are  placed  im- 
mediately after  the  noun,  and  generally  agree  with  it  in  gender, 
number,  and  case.  But  nouns  of  the  common  gender  have  ad- 
jectives of  both  genders,  as  p?rn  H  7*1*7-1  HI"!;  and  a  collective 
noun  singular  may  have  a  plural  adjective,  as  D07inn  Dl^ 
a  people  walking. 

R.  108.  A  singular  adjective  joined  to  a  substantive  plural, 
often  signifies  distributively,  as  TTDflt^'O  *1t!M  thy  judgments 
(Heb.  is)   are  right,  i.  e.  every  one  of  them. 

R.  109.  Numeral  nouns,  from  1  to  10  inclusive,  are  plural, 
though  the  adjective  be  singular,  all  the  other  numeral  adjec- 
tives are  plural  and  the  substantive  singular,  as  D*j'*'  'tl'ftfl 
five  years:  rW  D^'OPI  fifty  years. 

R.  110.  In  numbers  from  3  to  10  inclusive,  a  masculine 
noun  takes  a  feminine  numeral,  and  a  feminine  noun  takes  a 
masculine  numeral,  as  0^2  Hu^'  three  sons;  flfajp  B^iW' 
three  daughters. 

R.  111.  An  adjective  belonging  to  a  noun  in  regimen  gene- 
rally agrees  with  the  second  noun,  and  is  not  put  in  regimen, 

asnpn  n*7  [p^'n  nnsvi;  on^  rrirr; *"jnv?- 

R.  112.  The  place  of  an  adjective  is  sometimes  supplied  by 
a  noun,  prefixed  by  the  preposition  2,  7,  or  !2,  as  VXyV 
73^-1  a  wise  counsellor  ;  mill/  TiOfO  a  Psalm  of  praise  , 
"U^P  rV")&j  a  lion  from  the  forest,  i.  e.  a  wild  lion. 

R.  113.  The  inseparable  pronoun  is  suffixed  to  the  adjective 
instead  of  the  noun,  as  Tjf^lp  T.17  thy  holy  city,  instead  of 

R.  114.  A  verb  agrees  with  the  nominative  case  in  gender, 
number,  and  person.  But  sometimes  a  masculine  verb  is  joined 
with  a  noun  feminine  to  express  excellence  and  dignity,  as 
n"ll*3n  irni,  «nd  vice  versa,  to  denote  something  base  and 
mean,  as  nQ$tt    )Q*feW« 


77 

R.  115.  A  plural  verb  to  a  singular  nominative  case,  or  vice 
versa,  signifies  distributively,  as  ^/"HON  li'pOJ  sweet  are 
thy  words,  i.  e.  every  one  of  thy  words. 

R.  116.  The  preter  tense  is  often  used  to  express  the  present, 
i.  e.  to  be  done  at  any  time,  as  Tlpil  walketh,  Ps.  i.  1  ;  and 
for  the  future  to  denote  certainty,  as  ^SH  shall  see,  Is.  ix.  1, 
5  ;  liii.  4,  6  ;  Amos  vii.  1,  viii.  1.    See  Abarbanel  on  Jonah  ii.  5. 

R.  117.  The  future  is  often  used  to  denote  the  past,  as  Gen. 
ii.  25 ;  and  to  express  the  sense  of  the  imperative,  as  Gen.  i.  3. 

Note. — A  1  prefixed  to  a  prasterite  changes  the  signification 
to  the  future,  and  is  called  1  conversivum,  as  *"I0N1 [;  and 
he  shall  or  will  say  ;  but  when  preceded  by  a  preter  tense,  it 
then  retains  its  signification,  and  1  is  conjunctive,  as  Gen. 
xxxvii.  3  ;  "  Israel  SH^  loved  Joseph  more  than  all  his  chil- 
dern  ;   HC'l*")  and  he  made  him  a  coat  of  many  colours." 

r     t   : 

A  *  prefixed  to  a  future  with  Pathach  and  followed  by  Da- 
gesh,  is  also  called  conversivum,  and  changes  the  signification 
to  the  past,  as  IDtt^,  and  he  did  say. 

R.  118.  An  infinitive  before  a  verb  signifies  certainty,  as 
73ND  V.DK  tnou  mayest  freely  eat;  but  after  a  verb  it  sig- 
nifies continuance,  as  Di£)^  J02C^1  and  he  will  always  be  a 
judge 


78 


ACCORDING 

TO  THE  PRECEDING  RULES 

JYote. — The  student  will  find  it  of  considerable  use  to  observe 
the  order  exemplified  in  the  following  Analysis. 

First  of  all  mention  the  part  of  speech. 

If  a  noun,  state  its  gender  and  number  ;  (case  is  of  little  im- 
portance,) the  root  from  whence  it  is  derived,  whether  it  be 
from  a  regular  or  irregular  verb;  what  connection  it  hath  with 
the  verb,  whether  it  be  the  nominative  to  it,  or  governed  by 
it;  describe  the  serviles,  if  any,  whether  prefix,  affix,  or  in- 
sertion. 

If  a  verb,  mention  its  person,  number,  gender,  tense,  para- 
digm and  root,  whether  regular  or  irregular. 

No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  1. 

1  In  the  beginning,  noun  fern.  sing.  R. 
t^NT  with  pret.  2  pref.  in,  and  fem. 
ter.  JV,  abl.  case. 

2  He  created,  third  pers.  sing.  mas. 
pret.  kal ;  the  Root  itself,  N"7\  to 
create,  bring  into  being. 

5  0*ri7tt    H^N     3     God,  or  gods,  noun  mas.  pi.  R.  H7N- 

Wi)  and  ,T  7,  he  was  sworn,  abju- 
red, reviled,  cursed,  bound  himself 
or  another  by  an  oath  with  an  im- 
precation annexed. 

4  DN  JlDN     4     A  particle,  the  sign  of  the  ace.  when 

preceded  by  an  active  verb,  but  the 
nom.  when  preceded  by  a  passive  or 


No. 

Text. 

Root. 

1 

p           ••  : 

B>*n 

2 

*na 

ma 

79 

fib.  'itzi.  Boot.      JVb.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  1,  2. 

neut.      R.  nriN.  N"S  and  n*7>  he 

T      T 

or  it  came,  or  befel. 

5  O'Dfc^n     DIL^     5      TAe  heavens,  n.  mas.  pi.  dual  form, 

with  the  article  H,  R.  DIB^  1T»  he 
put,  set,  placed,  laid  upon,  gave,  ap- 
pointed, settled,  ordained,  imputed 
set  in  array,  put  on,  attended. 

6  ^N>1         4     —     And,  a  part.  See  no.  4.  with  conj.  *). 

7  ¥")$$    r"1**     6      The  mrt]h  n"  COm*   sing"  R*   T"1^' 

N*D,  not  in  use,  with  article  H,  (T  ) 

instead  of  ( ~ ),   because  of  K. 
Verse  2. 

8  ri.Nfll         6     . —     And  the  earth.  See  text  7;  conj.  1. 

9  lilVn      flTT     7      Was,  third  per.  fern.  sing.  pret.  kal ; 

JT     MT  T  T  l  . 

R.  ITU,  he  was,  became,  fainted, 
sunk,  was  exhausted. 

10  'llin    linn     &     Empty,  or  emptiness,  adj.  or  n.  R. 

niin,  not  in  use. 

11  ^nil     HitD     9      Confused,   confusion,  adj.  or  n.  R. 

nn3,  not  in  use. 

12  Tl^'ni     ^'n     10    And  darkness,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  W'll 

he  was  dark,  made  dark;  conj.  1. 

13  "Si*      !fSy    11     C7po»,   particle,  R.    nSjt?    fT'7,    he 

ascented,  went  up,  arose,  grew, 
made  to  go  up,  offered,  lighted, 
kindled,  sacrificed,  exalted  himself. 

14  »££       HJ2     12    TAe  face,  n.  mas.   pi.  reg.  R.   njfl 

H'^jhe  turned  himself,  turned  away, 
turned  hither  and  thither,  looked  to- 
wards, regarded,  prepared. 

rh-in  V^^Uiq    r/te  a&y*s'   or  cleeP'fn-  com-  sinS- 

T      T  T      T 

raged,   roared,  made  a  great  noise 
-          moved,  disturbed,  agitated. 


80 
Ab.  Text.  Root.      No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  2,  3f  •.. 

jg  f-fni  S  '"'-"H         And  the  Spirit,  n.  com.  sing.  reg.  R. 

t     HH )         Cn*V  Y'i*,  lie  breathed,  was  refresh- 
ed, was  large,  or  airy. 
17     riDniO     J"irn     15     Gently  moving,  participle  ben.  piail, 

fem.   sing.  R.    flfTI,    he  trembled, 
moved  gently,  brooded. 
n^^  i  0*D  ^  ,,.     The  waters,  collective  n.  dual  form, 
'IT  "    }      Qi)         art.  ,1-    R-  not  in  use. 

Vehse  3. 

19  ION1!     ")DN    17    And  he  said,  third  per.  mas.  sing.  fut. 

kal.  R.  "IDNj  Kr35  he  spoke,  said, 
declared,  related,  commanded,  ap- 
pointed, thought,  designed,  resolved; 
1  conversive,  changing  the  future  to 
he  past. 

20  *?!*       7  Let  there  be,  or  it  shall  be,  third  per. 

sing.  com.  fut.  kal.  R.  UTT.  See  R.7. 

21  liN      "NN    18    Light,  n.  mas.  sing.  rV^IX  Nf'£), 

and  Yy,   he  shined. 

22  TV)       7        —     ./2nd  ii  was,  text.  20,  R.  7,  1  conver- 

sive. Dagesh  in  »  omitted  and  com- 
pensated b}r  metheg. 

Verse  4. 

23  tf*Vl     HN1    19    And  he  so  w,  third  per.  sing.  mas.  fut. 

kal.  R.  rmn.  rrS,  he  saw,  beheld, 
observed,  considered,  appeared, 
showed ;  it  should  be  nK*V,  but 
the  ,1  is  dropped  by  reason  of  the 
accent,  and  the(  •  )  changed  into  (  "  ) 
to  increase  the  sound  before  the  gut 
"I-    1  is  conversive. 

24  "»3     HUD    20    That,   particle,  R.   HHD-  IT'S,  he 

T  T     T  *  T     T 

became  dull,  was  dimsighted,  fainted, 
repressed,  curbed. 


81 

He.  Text.        Root.    JYo.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  4, 5. 

25  lift      31D    21     Good,  adj.  agreeing  with  "litf.  R. 

31D  Y'l^,  he  was  good,  goodly, 
beautiful,  pleasant,  did  good. 

26  /^O^      /"13    22    ./Zrcc?  Ae  divided,  third  per.  sing.  mas. 

tut.  hiph.  (  "  )  instead  of  (  *  )  on  ac- 
count of  1  conv.  R.  713,  he  sepa- 
rated, divided,  selected,  made  a  dis- 
tinction between. 

27  V2       [to    23    Between,  particle.    R.  |!Q,  W,   he 

perceived,  observed,  weighed,  consi- 
dered, distinguished,  judged,  under- 
stood, taught,  instructed. 


28 


Vekse  5. 


N")p*l  X"|p  24  «#nrf  he  called,  third  per.  sing.  mas. 
fut.  kal.  R.  KID*  N'S,  he  called,  in- 
vited, called  together,  invoked,  called 
upon,  cried,  proclaimed,  preached, 
read,  met,  befel. 
29  SiN7       18      —To  the  light.   See  text  21.  R.  18.  S 

T  °  T 

prep,  to,  ( T  )  instead  of  (  :  )  exclud- 
ing H  art.  and  being  followed  by  K. 

25  Day,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  DV,  not  in  use. 

—  Jind  to  the  darkness,  n.  See  text  12, 
R.  10.  1  conj.  and  7  prep,  excluding 
,1   art. 

—  He  called,  third  per.  sing.  mas.  pret. 
kal.  See  text  28,  R.  24. 

26  Night,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  7*7,  not  in 
use,  with  n  paragogic. 

34  yy$.     3")Jf    27    Evening,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  3"Uf,  he 

mixed,  was  employed,  traded,  be- 
came surety,  pawned,  mortgaged, 
was  sweet,  pleasant,  was  darkened 


30 
31 

Wvh 

DV 
10 

32 

*» 

24 

33 

htt 

W 

82 

•No.  Text.  Root.    No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  5—8. 

85  1p3     ")pD    38    Morning,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  he  sougnt, 

inquired. 

36  "II1N      in*    29    One,  first,  numeral  adj.  sins:,  mas.  R. 

IT  ~    T  ^ 

IfT,  he  connected,  united. 

_   T 

Verse  G. 

37  l^p"}     -^p^    30    Firmament,  or  expanse,  n.  mas.  sing. 

R.  ^p*l,  he  stretched  out,  spread 
abroad,  beat  out,   crushed. 

38  TjlilD      "P^    31    In  the  midst,  between,  n.  mas.  sing. 

R.  *pj"l,  not  in  use,  with  prep.  3,  in. 

39  7,<rOD       22     —     A  dividing,  or   division,   participial 

n.  mas.  sing.  R.  22. 

Verse  7. 

40  fefJ*J    HW    32    And  he  did  make,  third  per.  sing. 

pret.  kal.  R.  7)WV>  IT'S,  he  made, 

T       T 

did,  prepared,  executed,  pressed, 
bruised.    "|  conversive. 

41  \th&    1#'N    33    That,  which,  pron.  R.  -KT'N.  N"2, 

v     -:  -      t  *  -       T 

he  called,  or  rendered  happy,  walk- 
ed, led,  directed. 

42  nnnp      Dm    34    Under,  particle.    R.  IVl),  .TS,    he 

descended,  led  down,  was  cast  down, 
he  laid  u.p. 

43  |p        p")    35     Thus,  so,  particle,  R.  p>  ry,  pre- 

pared, filled,  disposed,  directed, 
confirmed,  appointed,  settled,  estab- 
lished. 

Verse  8. 

44  ^&    rW    36    Second,  num.  adj.  pi.  mas.  R.  nj£% 

•    I"  T    T  1  *  T    T 

TV'  7,  he  changed,  altered,  repeated, 
did  a  second  time. 


83 

Text.  Root.      No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  9 — 11. 

Verse  9. 
45.  lip*      Hip    37     They  shall,  or  let  them  be  gathered 

together,  third  per.  plur.  mas.  fut. 
niphal,  R.  I7)j>  YV  and  JY'S,  he 
waited,  hoped,  gathered  together. 

46  "Stt        7K    38    To,  particle,  R.  not  in  use. 

47  Dlpb      DIP    39    A  place,  n.  sing.  mas.  R.  Dip*  "W 

he  rose,  stood,  stirred  up,  raised  up, 
set,  established,  confirmed,  appoint- 
ed, performed. 

48  nX"im        19     —     And  shall  he  seen,   third  per.  sing. 

iv    ti"   : 

fem,  fut.  niphal,  R.  See  19. 

49  H#3*PI      &y    40    The  dry  (land,)  adj.  sing.  fem.  R. 

$y>  v'£3}  he  became  dry,  whithered, 
made  dry  or  dried  up.  n¥")N  is 
understood. 

Verse  10. 

50  illpP^I       37     —     And  to  the  gathering,  n.  fem.  sing. 

reg.  R.  37.  1  conj.  and  7  prep. 

51  D*/3*        16     —     Seas,  n.  mas.  plu.  R.  16. 

&■  - 

Verse  11. 

51  NIP'TH    N£?"T    41     She  shall  bring  forth,  third  per.  fem. 

sing.  fut.  hiph.  R.  NB?-J,  N"7,  he 
sprang  up,  sprouted. 

52  Nt^"!       41      —    Grass,  n.  sing.  mas.  R.  41. 

53  ^WV    2ti*V    42    Herb,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  not  in  use. 

54  l^HTD      #11    43    Yielding  seed,  participle,  hiph.    R. 

#11,  he  drew  forth,  sowed,  planted; 
she  conceived,  brought  forth  seed. 

55  #11       43      —    Seed,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  43. 

56  V#     n¥jP    44    A  tree,  n.  m.  sin.  R.  n¥J/>  fl*7,  he 

shut. 

57  '"IS     Jl^D    45    Fruit,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  PHS,  JT7» 


84 

ffo.  Text.  Root.       JYo.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  11  — 16. 

he  was  fruitful,  grew,  brought  forth 
fruit,  made  fruitful. 

58  iroS     ."US    46    His  kind,  n.  m.  sing.  R.  mo,  PT'S 

•       :  T    T  "  T    T 

he  numbered,  computed,  reconed, 
told,  appointed,  prepared  ;  part  or 
portion  ;  7  pref.  to,  and  pron.  affix 
third  per.  sing.  mas. 

59  ~ij?*lf       43  His  seed,  n.  mas.  sing,   "j  pron.  affix 

third  per.  mas.  sing. 

60  13  In  him,    compound   of  prep.    3    in, 

and  third  per.  pron.  mas.  sing. 

Verse   12. 

61  Nilfl!      **£♦    47    And  (she)  brought  forth,   third  per. 

sing.  fut.  hiph.    R.   N¥>,  tf"S   and 

T  T 

v'£3,  he  came  out,  went  out,  went 
forth,  brought  out,  carried  forth. 

Vehse   13. 

62  fyh^tf   vfotf    48    Third,   numeral  adj.   R.  &f'W  he 

divided  into  parts. 

Vekse    14. 

63  SnnnS       22      —    To  divide,  inf.  hiph.  R.  22. 

64  firiN/     DIN    49    For  signs,  n.  f.  plu.  R.  not  in  use. 

65  DH#ioSl     iyi    50    And  for  seasons,  n.  mas.  pi.  R.  fjp, 

*"*£),  he  appointed,  decreed,  fixed  a 
time  and  place  for  meeting,  as- 
sembled, met,  betrothed. 

Vehse   16 

66  D'S^H      S"l J    51     Great,  adj.  plu.    mas.   R.   S"U,   he 

A"  •  T  -  T 

was  great,  grew,  increased,  became 
great,  was  enriched,  nourished, 
brought  up,  highly  esteemed,  made 


85 

No.  Text.  Root.       No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  16—20. 

great,  exalted  himself,  became 
proud,   triumphed. 

67  flytTDoS    /B^fi    52    To   rule,    n.   participle,   fern.    sing. 

reg.  R.  7^0,  he  ruled,  had  domi- 
nion, spoke  in  parables,  uttered  a 
proverb,  compared,  became  like. 

68  7l0pn     jlDD    53    The  lesser,  adj.  mas.  sing.  R.  JiDp- 

he  was  small,  less  than,  he  made 
small. 

69  D'OS'ten    DpD    53    The  stars,   n.  mas.  plu.  R.  303,  He 

glittered,  sparkled  like  a  star. 

Verse   17. 

70  Tf)*1       jrO    55    And  he  gave,  placed  or  appointed, 

third  per.  mas.  sing.  fut.  kal.  R. 
frO'  ¥S>  he  gave5  bestowed,  de- 
livered, brought,  put,  committed, 
laid  up,  fastened,  ascribed,  charged, 
accused,  uttered,  restored,  sent  forth, 
suffered. 

71  DJ1&       4  Them,  pron.  third  per.  mas.  plu.  R. 

4,  or  JIN,  not  used. 

Vehse  19. 

72  '#*3*]     tf?^    56     The  fourth>  n>  adJ-  R'  #?*J»  ne  was 

squared,   lay  down  with,  caused  to 

come  together  in  bestial  coition. 
Verse  20. 

73  1¥"^'*    yffl?    57    They  shall  bring  forth  abundantly, 

third  per.  fut.  kal.  R.  ¥*)&,  he 
crept,  propagated  abundantly. 

74  ¥1$       57     —     Reptile,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  57. 

75  &*£0     ^'3 J    58    Animal,  soul,   ri.  fern.  sing.  R.  t^Ql 


86 

Ab.  Text.  Root.      No.  Gen.  chap.  i.  t.  20—22. 

¥&,  he  breathed,   rested,    was   re- 
freshed. 

76  n*H      TVH    59    Living  adj.  sing.  fem.  R.  HTT.  .TS 

he  lived,  recovered  health,  revived, 
kept  alive,  restored  life. 

77  £|i#1       ?|W    60    *0nd  ford,  n.  fern.  sing.  R.  fpj;,  he 

ilevv,  fluttered,  flew  away,  brandish- 
ed, shone  forth. 

78  '  f|p"iy?       60      —      SAoZZ  jty,  third  per.  sing.  fut.  piail, 

R.  60. 

Vekse  21. 

79  Crrinn      ,pn    61     2%e>A,  n.  mas.  plu.  R.  not  in  use. 

80  "Sb      SSD    62    ,2//,   adj.  R.  ^3,  he  perfected. 

81  fi&'ftin     ^D"!    63    That  moveth,  participle,    fen.   sing. 

kal,  R.  b'/pH,  he  crept. 

82  71 J3      i"|J3    64    7Viar  Jlieth,  or  that  hath  a  wing,  n. 

sing.  mas.  R.  £"p3,  he  fled  away,  re- 
moved to  a  distance. 


83 


Verse  22. 


71^)3*1  H*13  65  And  he  blessed,  third  per.  sing.  mas. 
fut.  piail,  R.  7]"l3,  he  blessed,  sa- 
luted, bent  his  knees. 

84  ^"13       45      —     Be  fruitful,    second  per.  plu.  mas. 

imp.  kal,  R.  45. 

85  13*11     H3")    66    And  multiply,  second  per.  plu.  mas. 

imp.  kal,  R.  33*1,  or  rather  173*1. 

L  "•  T  x  T 

iT 7,  he  multiplied,  increased,  grew 

up,    nourished,     brought    up  ;    was 

increased,  multiplied ;  shot,  darted, 

made  great ;  1  conj. 

86  1N /PI    N?£    67    And  fill  ye,  second   per.,   plu.   mas. 

imp.  kal,    R.    tfSfr   N"S,    he  was 
full,  filled;  he  consecrated* 


87 


No. 

Text. 

Rod. 

JVo.                          Gen',  chap.  i.  v.  22— 27. 

87 

2T. 

66 

—     Shall  multiply,  third  per.  sing,  mas 
fut.  kal,  R.  66. 

Verse   23. 

S8       ♦ty>On    CDIl    68    7%e  /rftA,  num.  adj.  R.  t*/Dn,  he 

took  the  fifth,  prepared,  armed,  ar- 
rayed. 

Verse  24. 

89  nD!"T3    DHS    69    Catt/e,  n.  fem.  sing.  R.  OPD,  not 

JT     "• 

in  use. 

90  DIN*    DIN*    70    Jlian,  n.  m.  sing.  R.  DnN,  N'fl,  he 

was  red. 

91  UD^V?     0'^'    71     In  our  form,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  D7¥> 

not  in  use.  "2  prep,  in,  and  U  pron. 
affix,  first  per.  com.  plu. 

92  UnilDlS    n£"T    72    Likness,n.  fem.  sing.  R.  HOT.  H*S. 

he  resembled,  likened,  thought,  was 
silent,  failed,  ceased,  cut  off,  de- 
stroyed ;  S  pref.  similarity,  1J  prou. 
affix,  first,  com.  plu. 

93  VTT.1     Tin    73    .#nd  *%  sM  r«7e,  third  per.  plu. 

com.  fut.  kal,  R.  n"H,  JY7>  he 
ruled,  had  dominion,  held  in  sub- 
jection, took. 

94  n3"0       Jin    74    In,  or  among  the  Jish,  n.  fem.  sing. 

reg.  R.  Jin,  he  fished. 

Veuse  27. 

95  nD*      nD?    75    .#  maZe,  n.  mas.  sing.  R.  nSf,  he 

JTT-T  "  -T 

was  vigorous,  especially  in  a  potent 
scent,  burned,  remembered,  men- 
tioned, celebrated. 

96  RJjJXtf      SJ5J    76    A  female,  n.  fem.  sing.  R.  3J5J.  T£). 

j«  he  bored,  pierced,   thrust  through. 


88 

ffo.  Text.  Root.    M.  Gen.  chap.  i.  v.  27—29. 

marked,  named,  appointed,  stigma- 
tized, blasphemed,  cursed. 

Verse  28. 

97  ntJ^)31     C3D    77    And  subdue  it,  second  per.  plu.  mas. 

imp.  kal,  R.  w03>  he  subdued, 
kept  under,  enslaved. 

Verse  29. 

98  nZil         |H    78    Behold,  particle,  R.    fn,  not  used. 

99  DD7  4     —    To  you,  second  per.  plu.  mas.  per- 

sonal pron.  R.  4. 

100  rhltih     SllN    79    For  food,   n.    fern.    sing.   R.    SjN' 

K"£,  he  ate,  devoured,  consumed, 
overturned,  destroyed,  fed,  nou- 
rished. 

101  p"V      pT    80    GVee/i,  adj.  m.  sing.  R.  p"V,  ♦*£},  he 

spat,  did  spit,  bore  leaves,  became 
green. 

102  "IND    TND    81     Fen/,  particle,   R.  not  used. 

103  ♦t^'l&'n      WW    82    TAe  si^A,  num.  adj.  R.  not  used. 


89 


iUHHBsrstas&i 


-•©••- 


CHAPTER  I.— Alphabet. 

Note. — That  the  present  number  and  order  of  letters,  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet,  are  ihe  same  as  those  used  during  the  reign 
of  David  and  Solomon,  is  evident  from  several  of  the  Psalms, 
especially  the  cxix.  from  Proverbs  xxxi.  10,  throughout,  where 
the  verses  begin  alphabetically,  and  also  from  the  Lamentations 
of  Jeremiah. 

R.  119.  The  letters  are  used  as  numerals,  and  increase  in 
units  from  ^  to  V  in  tens  from  2  to  p,  and  in  hundreds  from 
"|  to  JV  (See  Alphabet,  col.  5.) 

R.  120.  The  numerals  11,  12,  21,  22,  &c.  are  formed  by 
placing  the  tens  to  the  right  and  the  units  to  the  left ;  as  {<>  11, 
y  12,  JO  21,    22  22,  tfS  31,   &c. 

Exception. — The  numerals  15,  and  16,  are  not  expressed  by 
IT  10  and  5.  and  V  10  and  6,  this  form  being  apart  of  the  sacred 
name  nifT,  but  are  combined  thus  ")J3  9  and  6,   ?J0  9  and  7. 

R.  121.  The  numerals  from  500  and  upwards  are  expressed 
in  the  following  manner :  DD  or  "1  500,  ID  or  D  600,  JJT) 
or  f  700,  DD  or  ^  S00,  pDH  or  j>  900,  N  1000,  2  2000. 

Note. — The  Hebrews  count  their  time  from  the  creation  of 
the  world,  and  the  present  is  with  them  the  year  5583.  (1823.) 
This  is  called  71 1 J  DID,  i-  e.  the  great  or  full  number.  In 
general  the  Millenary  number  is  omitted,  as  y'QpD  fiJCO 
p"3/,  i-  e.  in  the  year  583,  according  to  the  smaller  rec- 
koning. The  date  of  Hebrew  books  is  placed  at  the  bottom  of 
the  title  page,  where  the  student  will  observe  a  line  in  which 
certain  letters  are  of  a  larger  size ;  these  must  be  counted,  and 
their  number  united  will  give  the  date  of  the  year  when  the 


90 

book  was  printed,  as  "irPt^ft  nN  yvh  "\cy  ffb  njBo,  the  sum 
of  these  letters  (tf  1,  O  40.  &  300,  '  10,  R  8,  and  "|  20,) 
shows  that  the  book  was  printed  in  the  yea;'  of  the  Jewish  iEm 
379,   i.  e.  A.  C.  1619 

R.  122.  Hebrew  words  are  never  divided  so  as  to  have 
one  part  of  the  word  at  the  end  of  one  line,  and  the  other  part 
at  the  beginning  of  the  next.  To  fill  up  a  line  the  following 
letters  are,  in  print,  made  large,  J"1  D  ^  J~l  Js}  ;  and  in 
MS.  these  also  are  used,  "1  p  "2  II  1  3-  Sometimes  a 
letter  at  the  end  of  a  line  is  inverted. 

R.  123.  The  letters  are  divided  into  five  classes,  according 
to  the  organs  by  which  they  are  formed  :  as, 

Gutturals,  or  Throat  letters  .  .  .  l?nnN 
Labials,  —  Lips  do. 
Palatals,  —  Palate  do. 
Linguals,  —  Tongue  do. 
Dentals,  — Teeth  do. 
R.  124.  Letters  formed  by  the  same  organ  frequently  change 
one  for  the  other,  as 

HIS  for  JHfl,  jni-)  for  #31  p.  ID  for  "US,  infi  for 

isiK  nrfc  for  n#ri>  pm?  for  pfitp*  p#y  for  p#r>'  nnr 

for  n2V>  nV  for  QJV  or  !8Sp,  niD  for  lltJ. 

-T  _T  "T  I         -      T 

R.  125.  The  letters  »")£$  ;  observe, 

1.  In  quick  pronunciation,  are 

Either  quiescent  t  and  their  sound  is  not  heard,  as  generally, 
♦J'TkS    for  >rmS.  H*^*5   for  H>*.1'   D'lO'p  for   O'Nip, 

dxti3  for  DNnin.  'jvV>H  for  fr^*n.  T?  for  b?Ss 

more  particularly, 

K  always  at  the  end  of  a  word  and  also  in  the  middle,  when 
without  a  vowel,  as  }03<  JINVD. 

T  T  T  T      T 

H  at  the  end  of  a  word,  as  r?N*1,  except  it  has  a  maphoik 
or  vowel,  as   nftJT  iT£. 

T     T  T  ' 

"I  when  it  bears  the  cholem  or  shurick,  except  it  hatn  a 
vowel.     See  R.  9. 


HD13 

cnYof 


91 

*  when  preceded  by  (  " )  or  ( '•' ),  or  the  suffix  V  ,  as  f*n 

Jinny*  VJfl. 

|      v  t   -:  T  T 

Note. — When  the  *")("!{<  letters  are  quiescent,   they  are  ge- 
nerally preceded  by  the  following  vowels,  as 

K  or  H  by  (  T)  or  (  '),  1  by  i  or  },  and  ♦  by  (  -)  or  (  •  ). 
Or  are  frequently  omitted  and  called,   *)pn  or  deficient,  as 
N  in  Ijn  for  MK3,  pfD  for  ptNO.  ilW  for  rtS»**# 

♦ann  for  jrprjg. 

n  in  the  middle,  as  *J  for  ♦flj,  JinS  for  fOfJ?,  IV  for 

nnv. 

♦  in  the  middle,  as  D?iil  for  D*?U»  Q'PN  for  D'p'K. 

II.  When  a  word  or  syllable  is  to  be  long,  they  are  unneces- 
sarily   inserted,    as    N   in   "IKjV-   StfflB'i    DNJ51.    fiiDN"! 

III.  They  are  often  exchanged  for  each  other,  as  D^nSJ'N 
for    DOtr'n,    ♦fl^p    for     ♦'nfljjj,    Jlfi'DNin    for   pS'bta", 

iro^n  for  wwri,  vpi  for  iApji,  rfrj?  for  n*^  rrn 
for  mn,  nan  for  &*«n. ' 

T  T  T  T       : 

R.  122.  The  letters  are  divided  into  Radicals  and  Serviles. 
See  R.  79. 


9&&9i 


CHAPTER  II.— Points. 

R.  123.  Chirik  without  a  ♦  in  the  last  syllable,  having  an 
accent,  or  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  not  followed  by  (  : )  shewa 
or  dagesh,  is  along  chirik,  as  "11""!,   D*Vfl3. 

R.  124.  The  following  words  are  some  of  those  where  long 
( T  )  becomes  (  T  )  chataph  or  short  o,  and  the  (  :  )  is  Nach  :  as 

im  imN,  obnN.  iS"n  nonn,  »^n.  *#-?». 

!  T  :  T  t:t  :t  t:t  t  •         ;  J  r 

R.  125.  The  single  Dagesh  is  omitted, — 1.  In  the  beginning 
of  a  word,  when  the  preceding  word  ends  with  one  of  the  Ehevi 
letters,  without  a  pause  or  kingly  accent.  But  if  the  preceding 
word  be  Hi  !T  Je-ho-wah,  or  if  the   dageshed  letter  be  sue- 


92 
ceeded  by  a  similar  letter,  the  dagesh  remains,  as  0*D"O  ill  IT 

'    -     t       -  t  : 

Ye-ho-wah  Bash-sha-ma-yim,  711  *,33  Be-nay  Dai-dan. — 2. 
In  the  affixes  Q3  chem,  and  73  chen ;  in  the  regimen  or  plural 
form,  as  j7i373  Bir-choth,  Oil  Dar-chay  ;  before  the  pa- 
ragogic  1,  as  I71.3J  Neg-dah  ;  before  the  infinitive  suffix,  as 
ID^DD  Be-mol-cho,  or  before  the  termination  ]71  ooth,  as  Mal- 
chooth  httStf. 

R,  126.  The  Euphonic  Dagesh  is  generally  used  in  the  be- 
ginning of  a  word  when  preceded  by  Makkaph,  as  ilfilD' 
and  is  pronouncedthus  :  Maz-zeh.  Also  a  tone-syllable  with  a 
pause-accent,  as  171(7  chad-dail-loo  for  17717  chad-loo. 

1  ••  t  :  it 

R.  126.  In  some  instances  words  of  more  than  one  syllable 
also  have  their  long  vowel  changed,  through  the  influence  of  the 
Makkaph,  as  p"737f3  mid-bar  tzin,  instead  of  737D  ;  "7*3 
ilp'D  be-yad  Mo-sheh,  instead  of  7*3. 

Note. — A  correct  acquaintance  with  the  accents  is  very  de- 
sirable, for  they  do  not  only  assist  in  ascertaining  the  sense  of 
a  sentence,  but  they  even  change  the  signification  of  a  number 
of  words,  particularly  verbs,  according  to  their  being  placed 
either  7*l*7r3  or  1*77/9,  as  ?7N3  she  comes,  and  the  same 
word  thus  accented    HN'3  signifies  she  came.     1773?  with  a 

T  IT  "  T  :  |T 

.1170  signifies  she  remembered,  without  a  JIJ70  it  signifies,  re- 
member thou. 

"  The  Jews,"  (saith  David  Livi)  "  firmly  believe  that  both 
the  points  and  acceuts  were  from  Moses,  but  affixed  to  the  let- 
ters by  Ezra,  who  being  a  ready  scribe  in  the  law  of  God, 
was  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  true  signification  of  every 
accent,  and  which  we,  through  the  length  of  our  captivity,  and 
the  severe  persecution  we  have  undergone,  together  with  the 
loss  and  destruction  of  the  writings  of  our  eminent  men,  are 
at  present  unable  to  comprehend.  But,  although  we  cannot 
boast  of  thorough  knowledge  of  every  one  of  the  accents,  we 
however,  have  yet  some  small  knowledge  remaining  of  the  uti- 
lity and  signification  of  many  of  them.     Heb.  Gram.  p.  338. 

R.  127.  The  accents,  when  placed   on  the  last  syllable, 


93 


called  #T?p,  but  when  placed  in  the  beginning  or  middle  of 
a  word,  it  is  called  VlvO 

R.  128.  The  accents  are  divided  into  kings,  ministers,  and 
servants,  and  are  distinguished  by  their  names  and  forms,  as 
will  be  seen  by  the  adjoining  table. 


Form  and 
position. 

KINGS. 

A 

n^N 

Ath-nach 

f 

#13 

Ge-resh 

K 

O'.bHS 

Gair-sha-yim 

8 

Npn? 

Sar-ka 

^i  nia 

Sa-kaiph  Ga-dol 

Sa-kaiph  Ka-ton 
Tiph-cha 

K 

ijfl? 

Ye-thiv 

K 

i 

pop 

Sil-look 

A 

Nnbijp 

Se-gol-ta 

& 

r  1?? 

Pa-zair 

j 

5          p'P£ 

Pe-sik 
Le-gar-may 

N 

NDC'2 

Pash-ta 

3P 

H'Jfl  Tip 

Kar-nay  Pa-ra 

$ 

XT.  #'il 

Re-vi-a 

I 

nSir'Sty' 

Shal-she-leth 

■j 

T3fl 

Te-vir 

nSnj  kb^ji 

Te-li-sha  Ge-do-lah. 

MINISTERS. 

K 

^11 

Dar-ga 

iov  fa"hn» 

Ye-rech  Ben-yo-mo 

k 

"mio 

Moo-nach 

ii 

< 

^3no 

Mah-pach 
Mair-cha 

94 

N  kSVPnp     Kad-ma 

N         rUtSrj  NK^^'n     Te-li-sha  Ke-tan-na 

t    -  |:  T 

SEUVANTS. 

N         ilS'lS?  KJHO     Mair-cha  Ke-phoo-lab 
A  Inn     Me-theg 

I  V    V 

it.  129.  Te-li-sha  Ge-do-lah  is  always  in  the  beginning  of  the 
word,  but  Te-li-sha  Ke-tan-na  is  placed  at  the  end  of  a  word, 
as  n^N  Te-li-sha  Ge-do-lah,  ntTK  Te-li-sha  Ke-tan-na. 

R.  130.  Le-gar-may  is  generally  followed  by  Moo-nach  and 
Re-vi-a,  or   Re-vi-a  alone,    as    D*ri7N    Hi  IT    I  "UJN,,I,    or 

v:  jt  j- 

fVJ^N  I   ll^'Nl     by   which  it    is   distinguished  from   Pe-sik, 
which  is  always  a  pause,  and  is  generally  between  a  king  and 

a  minister,  as  ♦ntflbn  I  IONS  '  Wbh   '  "WjrriSlD"1?**- 

R.  131.  There  must  always  be  a  syllable  or  Shewa  na,  or 

Dagesh  between  the  accent  and  the  metheg,  as   DTNH  Ha-a- 

l  IT  T  IT 

dam,  ITON  A-che-loo. 

I    :     it 

R.  132.  When  two  accents  of  the  same  kind  are  placed  upon 
a  word,  the  first  of  them  marks  the  tone-syllable,  as  TilD  to- 
hoo  ;  but  when  two  of  a  different  kind  are  placed  on  a  word, 
the  last  accutes,  as  D^yiO/l. 


CHAPTER  III.— Reading. 

R.  133.  Shewa  Na  and  compound  Shewa  form  a  syllable 
without  any  other  consonant,  as  7!Stl  We-al.  TjDfTip  jYIn-ra- 
cha-maich. 


CHAPTER   IV.— The  Article. 

R.  134.  When  the  letter  whicli  follows  the   H  article  does 
not  admit,  of  a  dagesh,  the  ("  )  Is  commonly  changed  into  (T) 


95 

as  B^JT  f^n.  &'>T)f7;  but  if  the  letter  be  fi  or  ft,  the  (- ) 
generally  remains  unchanged,  as  TjS'liT  Tj^nfl,  and  when 
the  guttural  hath    a  (  x)   the   article   commonly  takes   ('■'),  as 

onnn,  prrr. 

•TV  ITT        / 

R.  135.  The  Dagesh  is,  commonly,  omitted  before  a  word 
beginning  with  !2  or  ',  having  a  single  (  :  ),  as  nCODn>  "l^TT; 
but  before  the  ( T: )  the  article  hath,  in  some   instances,  a  ( '■  ), 

as  rnrnnn. 

R.  136.  To  distinguish  the  article  from  the  H  interrogative. 
— Observe  : 

1.  The  latter  commonly  hath  a  (":),  as  rOi£0!"7  whether 
it  be  good. 

2.  Before  gutturals  it  hath  a(  ~ ),  as  TJ*7N?7,  shall  I  go?  but 
before  guttural  with  ( T  )  it  hath(v),  as  O^fin,  whether  he 
be  wise?  and  before  (  :  )  it  has  ( "  ),  as  nJiOn. 

3.  When  it  is  succeeded  by  dagesh,  the  dagesh  is  in  the 
prefix  and  not  in  the  noun,    as   ?3  7  Jf. 

CHAPTER  V.—JVouns. 

In  nouns  is  chiefly  to  be  noticed  their  formation,  gender, 
number,  case,  government,  or  regimen. 

R.  137.  Nouns  are  generally  formed  from  the  third  person 
singular  of  the  preterite  tense,  first  conjugation  active  : 

1.  By  changing  its  vowel  or  vowels,  as  1*21,  a  word,  from 
~\%1,  he  spake  ;  or  7r?D:  a  king,  from  Tj^p,  he  did  reign  ;  or, 

2.  By  dropping  a  radical  letter,  as  ?H,  grace,  from  |J|f,  he 
was  gracious  ;  or, 

3.  By  adding  one  or  more  of  the  VriJDKH  letters,  as 
HDDp,  a  covering,  from  HDD,  he  did  cover  ;  or  H7p,  a  word, 
from    ^ 7D,  he  spake  ;  or  njflD,  a  gift,  from   fflj,  he  gave. 

R.  138.  With  respect  to  Genders,  observe  : 

1.  Masculine,  are  generally  the  names  of  men,  as  DUID^  > 
of  offices  occupied  by  men,  as  TPD,  a  king  ;  of  idols,  as  fU"!  5 
of  angels,  as  ^JO^D  ;  of  nations,  as  OH¥D  ;  of  rivers,  as 
?i£>7£)  ;  of  mountains,  as   7D")D  5  and  of  months,  as  |D7J- 

2.  Feminine,  are  names  of  women,  as  ^fT")  ;  of  cities,  as 
Jt'7V  5  and  of  countries,  as  JlJ^P- 


OR 

CHAPTER  VI.— Adjectives. 

R.  139.  The  Superlative  is  also  formed  by  prefixing  the  ad- 
jective, or  by  a  genitive  or  suffix  following  the  adjective,  as 
D^IJH   niy'S^I     iftpn    N^H    ini,  and  David   was   the 

:-  t:  ItIt-  •     t  : 

youngest,  and  the  three  eldest  followed  Saul.  ?tOp  fnXii"P 
VJ3,  Jehoahaz,  the  youngest  of  his  sons.  p"lHD  DDTD  the 
best  of  them  is  as  brier. 


Example  of  Nouns  and  Adjectives,  according  to  their  variations 
in  Number  and  Regimen. 


WonU  underiroiiii!  the  sttme 
j  vxriiitioc]*  .<^  tho  •■  ill  I 
p  )  :<.(=  eollll  tili. 

m  m  m 

noc  hik  bin 

-        ■      T  •      T  •'       T 

y.-y  Snp  K»ad 

?|P$  ,T|D9 
|1DJJ  T1!35  ^W 

imp  W73  Nnp 


MASCULINE. 


'LUUAL- 


m 

o\  ay 

Dl     "-P 


nor? 


n""n 

>p;?n 

♦tySj 
♦vnn 

>PI1 

niy.Sv 
'*$?» 


0^5*7 
□  :.;Tnn 

ci^pi 

onoir 

DHV? 

D'pn 

not  used. 

■  D»3PP  j 


SINGULAR. 


Regimen.  Absolute.  Signification 


")21 

cnn 

rpi 

pan 

olio 

-nS 

p-HJ 

nis 
□n 

pi 
ySi 


cnn 

T   T 

?pr 


riya 

Dili 

pnn 

n 


a  word 
a  wise  man 
a  smith 
an  old  man 
desirous 
a  shield 
a  hireling 
terrible 
■i  fortification 
high 
born 
diligent 
beautiful 
mOjrie.-Uh 
□  f~J  warm 

T  ' 

™*  V  an  enemy 
#/¥■  ,ib 

N70fu» 


cnn 


a  hair 
deaf 


^DitDlrou"^ nnoui 


97 


MA  SCULINE.— Continued. 

Words  undergoing  the  same 
variations  as  those  in  the  op- 

PLUKAJL. 

SINGULAR. 

pr  site  columns- 

Regimen. 

Absolute. 

Regimen. 

Absolute. 

Signification. 

n^J  ,1VJ    "U?9 

H9P 

DHSD 

"1SD 

^3D 

a  book 

n'?n  bin  iw 

*Vpn 

wvhn 

i'-?n 

p?D 

desire 

H     ^ 

'*$ 

D'ir 

r# 

TV. 

a  tree 

&$    yn 

\?# 

D*t# 

?i/     'n; 

a  goat 

\9* 

♦3313 

D$3313 

3313  3313 

a  star 

nsN  p:v  y^ 

nriip 

onpi^ 

ipteppit? 

a  keeper 

i  ■■ 

♦irp 

D^H3 

jriSi  jH3 

u  priest 

"ipa 

'!?H0 

D^pnn 

ty'in  E^in 

a  month 

c]pfc 

>SnN 

D*Sru\* 

Sritf  Srrfc 

a  tent 

ill    nn    Di3 

♦3i£ 

DOiD 

3iO|    31ft 

good 

ph     3"n 

♦?# 

□♦!# 

?'r     fr 

strength 

1H     1110 

nbx 

onii 

11s 

■nv 

a  rock 

S39  rno 

*3|.l 

0O|J 

3JJ     3^ 

a  thief 

nuV  p^V 

'T$S 

DH\sS 

TfiS  TJsS 

a  torch 

?te&  pin 

♦5iSn 

DOiSk 

?]iSn 

qiStf 

H  prince 

Sni    "W' 

*"Uy 

onj;i 

"lyi 

*^i 

a  lad 

(!!   S?S      7!« 

♦TO 

D'JVJ 

,to 

.TO 

.in  olive  tree 

♦Shi 

D^Sru 

Sni 

Sni 

a  cnl 

3pJ    k1^1 

070 

D*3DJ 

HPi 

a  drink-ofl'er- 

^"1*1      [fi.1 

DO  Sb 

T     ; 

^]Sp 

a  king 

p*? 

♦^ 

DH3J; 

"tM 

"tM 

a  servant 

♦#Ete    ]?B>fl 

*y*>] 

b»jn} 

jrSV 

in? 

seed 

"133 

♦S[?K 

DH3N 

13N 

"13N 

a  husband- 
man 

nba     -nj? 

»#py 

o^'pi? 

vm 

*U 

perverse 

I          SlJS     1133 

♦-rioS 

DH10S 

■noS 

"ii^S 

learned 

' 

"♦73 

d^Sd 

♦S3 

*si 

a  vessel 

♦1? 

f  □♦♦3V'j 

■j  D\\*3j» 

♦3V 

3> 

a  roe 

lniN3ifJ 

1  T   : 

♦♦Sri 

•■  t  x: 

1  D'Srn 

♦Sn 

•  x: 

•   t: 

a  decease 

■t  t: 

1 

DUAL. 

Words  until  i  going 

the  same  variations  a> 
those  in  the  opposite 
columns. 

DUAL. 

SINGULAR. 

Sit'iiifica- 
tion. 

Regimen. 

Absolute. 

He^imen. 

Absolute, 

*nafc> 

D»n£)b* 

nuts' 

r?sfe> 

a  lip 

TO 

^5 
TO 

a  wing 
a  thigh 
a  hand 

niSy'JS 

'  -  :   t 

a  tooth 
•>n  ear 

a  Bh'oe 

1*1? 

uP1 

n^ 

an  eye 
a  nose 
a  foot 
a  door 

*313 

0!5")3 

TO 

T» 

a  knee 

■ 

FEMININE 

nog    nn^ 

nifl? 

nffij 

ns» 

H3J 

beautiful 

nrru\* 

moan 

nio^n 

todpi 

noDn 

wisdom 

nn# 

ni-w 

niyy 
niW 

nv# 

not  used. 

n>I&>' 

counsel 
the  second 

mm  n^'i* 

H              T   T     V                       T       T   - 

ninSpp 
nid^a 

mo1?!? 

nitr^a 

niDbpa 

nvSSp 

menfer 

nisS^ 

n.^'j53 

noVp 
no1?^ 

npSr 

noSo 
rvy?'w 

nbVy 

a  request 
a  kingdom 
a  kingdom 
i  garment 
a  virgin 

npTSn  nnrus* 

mwDo 

nScr"bo 

a  damsel     B 
reproach     1 

dominion    J 

ny^ri 

mnptr 

ninotr 

nnpcr 

nnot? 

joy 

n^Non 

mnst^o 

ninstrb 

nnsro 

rrnsttfp 

a  family 

niDta 

rro-o 

ro-a 

rfaS? 

STVJI  11795$ 

ntona 

niDna 

na-a 

HD-13 

a  pi"  1 

T 

niDna 
ni^S'S 

niDpa 

nana 

nana 

cattle 
a  work 

n^n 

rnrrnr:* 

ninw 

n»n# 

n*n^ 

a  pit 

99 

R.  140.  Some  nouns  are  irregular,  having  tne  masculine 
termination  in  the  singular,  and  the  feminine,  or  both,  in  the 
plural,  as  Q&,  a  name;  J")iD&',  names;  ^J^,  a  cloud;  D*5#> 
and  ni^l?,  clouds  :  others  have  the  feminine  termination  in 
the  singular,  and  the  masculine  in  the  plural,  as  H^N,  a 
woman;  Q9£20,  women:  and  some  have  both  the  dual  and 
plural    terminations    joined    together,    as     J~lDin,    a    wall; 

a'niDin,  wails. 


Examples  of  Irregular  Nouns. 


P       Wonls  undergoing 
A  the  same  variations  as 

those  in  the  opposite 

columns. 

PLURAL. 

SINGULAR. 

Signification. 

Regimen. 

Absolute. 

Regimen. 

Absolute. 

ni^N* 

ni2N 

^ 

dk 

a  father 

on 

TIN 

dtin 

*rr£ 

n& 

a  brother 

*i3 

D*J3 

?? 

P 

a  son 

*ri? 

D'fia 

jv| 

n?5 

a  house 

t*h 

D»B>'&n 

c'n'-i 

B^S 

a  head 

*p,t 

q'p: 

DV 

dv 

a  day 

*w 

D*B>JN 

&n:ux 

tr'UN 

a  man 

~'VU 

D'H~j 

nl 

nl 

a  kid 

»»2f 

D"¥  D*¥ 

'V 

'V 

a  ship 

nin    "w 

♦jptf 

b*pw" 

pi# 

p^ 

a  street 

ni»s 

d'fi 

>s 

H£ 

a  mouth 

nibh? 

nurr^i 

I?2 

frta 

a  thumb 

*P*P  *P 

0?P 

water 

niSN 

ni£N 

DN 

DN 

a  mother 

nion 

nrnK 

nvruv 

nir?N 

mmi 

a  sister 

nui 

niiS 

ni 

ni 

a  daughter 

ni  npN 

ninoS 

npN 

noN 

a  maidservant 

nvjpi 

T 

~   :           t    : 

T    T 

a  portion 

♦tfo 

D'fiS^ 

d^'n 

n#N 

a  woman 

••     T 

any  J 

•     T 

ti? 

"v# 

a  city 

100 

CHAPTER  VII.— Pronouns 

R.  141.  The  dagesh  in  the  second  person  singular  and  plu- 
ral, is  an   assimilated  J  ;  the  original  words  being   HfUN   or 

R.  142.  HO  before  Mak-kaph  is  commonly  shortened,  and 
joined  by  dagesh  Euphonic,  with  the  following  word,  as  "HO 
17  ;  and  before  gutturals  with  (  T  ),   ID  becomes   ID. 

J    :  T 

Examples  of  relative,  demonstrative,  and  interrogative  pronouns. 
(SeeR.  38.  II.  HI.  &  IV.) 

V12&'  N7  ltt>N   ?T\S*i7    rPPfl     "  And  it  shall  come  to 

-     :  v     -:  •    t  t  t     : 

pass,  that  the  man  that  will  not  hearken." 

OnySimirN  TW^N    rQ'ltt'JO    "  And  I  will  return 

■   t  :     •    :  :    —■        -    -  v  t  t  -. 

unto  my  brethren  that  are  in  Egypt." 

"Din  *\&&  ^'nnini    "  And  I  will  teach  thee,  what 
thou  shalt  say." 

i&$  ^1^1  ^?0?!|  ^W£X?P!?#  W^  W*  n^ 

1*11?  "M  "  Thou,  nor  thy  son,  nor  thy  daughter,  thy  man- 
servant, nor  thy  maid-servant,  nor  thy  cattle,  nor  thy  stranger 
that  is  within  thy  gates." 

upnr  n?  isnS  rri  id^-jiic  wt-jan  «  And  he  called 

his  name  Noach,   saying,    This  shall  comfort  us." 

Np'")'?/     'ITF'IJ    IK    "  TTiese  were  born  unto  the  giants." 
SnH   D?1iin    "  Those  nations." 

I      v  t    t  t  t   :  T  ••    :  -  ••  v    ••  t  : 

are  the  three  sons  of  Noach,  and  of  them  was  the  whole  earth 
overspread." 

nj  HI /ifi  rt/N    "  These  are  the  generations  of  Noach." 

Tyn  rirxh)  "[inn  nrxh  u  This  h  not  the  way,  nor 

\$  this  the  city." 

D?*3VP  p.¥?  D^-!?  W     "  This  shall  be  their  derision 
in  the  land  of  Egypt." 


101 

itwij  nx't  "  Do  this,"  npsn  npn  ntft  "  tms  is  the 

ordinance  of  the  passover." 

1?  1iirT"|P    "  From  this  generation." 

J"nN„l  tf   Q_J,*    "  This  people  whom  thou  hast  redeemed/' 

i^H  ^DiV^N!    ';  Upon  this  rock." 

nr^n   UNIT'S    "  What  man  is  rfAis?" 

/"IN  *P"TD    "  WAose  daughter  art  thou  ?" 

nriN    *D    "  JPno   art  thou." 

77^  1I7N  *P   "  WAo  are  those  with  thee  ?" 

8>iJN   nO    ;{  What  is  man  ?"   nS  Kin   HO  "  ^^  he 

•••  -r  T  T 

was  unto  her." 

iJ3"D^'~r?pi    iQ&'TTp    "  What  is  his  name,  and  what  is 
his  son's  name  ?" 

71*?  rntryS'nS  "  TFAai  can  be  done  for  thee  ?" 
17  ?T»nTTO    "  What  is  become  of  him  ?" 


♦•#•♦ 


CHAPTER    VIII.— Verbs. 

The  author  takes  leave  to  state  briefly  the  reason  why  he 
differs  from  the  most  eminent  grammarians  that  have  gone  be- 
fore him,  who  numerate  seven  distinct  conjugations. 

In  the  Latin  language,  all  grammarians  are  agreed  that  there 
are  four  conjugations,  and  that  every  regular  verb  is  declined 
or  conjugated  after  the  example  of  one  of  these  conjugations ; 
but  in  Hebrew  all  perfect  verbs  are  conjugated  after  the  one 
example  of  Pa-al.  And  though  the  verb  varies  in  its  significa- 
tion seven  times,  yet  it  would  be  very  improper  to  call  these 
variations  distinct  conjugations.  No  one  ever  supposed  that  amo 
and  amor  are  two  different  conjugations,  why  then  should  the 
active  and  the  passive  in  Hebrew  be  styled  so  ?  Is  it  to  be 
wondered  at,  therefore,  that  many  a  Hebrew  student  has  been 


102 

discouraged  by  being  told  he  had  to  learn  seven  conjugations, 
especially  after  he  had  experienced  the  great  difficulty  of  mak- 
ing himself  master  of  the  four  Latin  conjugations.  Would  it 
not  naturally  suggest  to  him  the  idea,  that  he  has  to  learn  in 
each  conjugation,  an  active  and  passive  voice,  which  would 
make  fourteen  paradigms,  and  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive 
of  each  voice  would  double  the  number,  and  make  it  twenty- 
eight,  whilst  in  reality  there  are  but  seven  simple  paradigms, 
and  differing  so  little  from  each  other,  that  if  the  first  be  once 
learned,  the  others  will  soon  be  known. 

R.  144.  When  the  first  radical  is  D,   'w,  or  Cf,  the  charac- 
teristic jl  in  Hithpa-ail   changes  place  with  the  first  radical, 

at  S^npn,  for  S^prin;  laflp'ri,  and  not  n&^'nrr; 

"Orip'n  for  "pterin.— When  the 'first  radical  is  tf,  the  fi 
is  changed  into  £3,  and  the  tO  changes  place  with  the  first 
radical,  as  pIpHH  for  pTifin. — And  when  the  first  radical 
is  "T.  t3,  or  ri)  the  characteristic  jl  is  omitted,  and  a  Dagesh 
placed   in  the  first  radical,  as   flSHM  for    rtSnfiN  ;  "iHtDH 

for  -lnann ;  intern  for  inaiinri. 


CHAPTER    XIII.—  Changes  of  Letters  and  Points. 

R.  145.  1  Conjunction,  when  followed  by  (  :  )  changes  its  usual 
vowel  (  :  )  into  !),  as  ^371  ;  but  if  the  succeeding  (  :  )  be  under 
i,  n  or  II,  the  (  :  )  conjunction  is  then  changed  into  (  •  )  and 
sometimes  to  (v),  as  W)*  Dfl".!^  VfU  JTfn  If  the  *) 
conjunction  be  followed  by  D>  D*  or  £},  it  commonly  changes 
( :  )  into  1,  but  if  the  letter  hath  the  tone,  it  takes  ( T ),  as 
JV?*)'  T?D!)>  ny")5V  inpj;  especially  when  it  joins  two 
synonimous  words,  as  {£H1  *JJP  afflicted  and  poor.  Before 
a  guttural  letter  with  a  compound  (  :  )  1  takes  the  corres- 
ponding short  vowel,  as  iTHV  "i3#V 


103 

R.  146.  ")  Convcrnve  (see  R.  117.  Note)  prefixed  to  the 
future,  whose  praeforraative  hath  (  :  )  loses  its  Dagesh,  as 
7t9p?l;  and  before  the  formative  prefix  X  the  (  " )  is  length- 
ened,'as  SbpN*v 

R.  147.  The  prepositions  "J,  D>  7,  before  a  compound  (  ) 
assume  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  as  fHnD;  before  the 
article  they  commonly  remove  it,  and  take  its  punctuation. 
(See  R.  103.)   Before  a  tone-syllable  they  take  (-■■),  as  TV&y)- 

R.  14S.  The  preposition  j,2  frequently  drops  its  ?,  and  is  sup- 
plied by  Dagesh  in  the  next  letter,  as  Tj^tDO  instead  of  TJ/O'TD, 
if  followed  by  guttural  or  "),  its  (  ■  )  is  changed  into  (  " ),  as 
3*10.  "WO. 


CHAPTER  XV.— Syntax. 

R.  149.  Two  substantives  in  apposition  are  sometimes  so 
joined  together,  that  the  latter  supplies  the  place  of  an  adjec- 
tive, as   DJ?P   0*p'JKj  men  fewness  ;  i.e.  few  men. 

R.  150.  A  substantive  is  often  repeated  to  signify,  1.  the 
whole,  with  reference  to  each  of  the  same  kind,  as  £^'K  &*>{<• 
man  man  ;  i.  e.  every  man.  2.  Multitude  and  succession ;  as 
"iDfl  rTHJO  Hi'l'fcOj  pits>  Plts  of  clay;  i.  e.  many  and  suc- 
cessive. 3.  Distribution,  as  he  delivered  to  his  servants,  *\1V 
TIJ^j  drove,  drove;  i.  e.   a  drove  to  the  care  of  each. 

R.  151.  The  noun  following  the  regimen  is  often  used  as  an 
adjective,  as  £'"ipn  ^1J3,  garments  of  holiness  ;  i.  e.  holy  gar- 
ments ;  and  sometimes  the  regimen  noun  is  used  as  an  adjec- 
tive, as  *52"|  2^2,  with  the  multitude  of  my  chariots  ;  i.  e. 
with  many. 

R.  152.  A  noun  hath  sometimes  the  same  form  as  if  in 
regimen,  when  a  particle  intervenes,  as  fij/'ll  HDDH.  wis- 
dom and  knowledge  ;  12  'Dlfl,  trusting  in  him  j  ^^  HDD 
HID,  a  stroke  without  cessation.      15 


104 

R.  153.  Collective  nouns  in  the  singular  number  have  plura 
words   to   agree   with   them,  as   Q^VP^r?   Dl^iT,  the   people 
that  were  to  be  found. 

R.  154.    The  pronoun  is  sometimes  redundant,  as  PTtB^tn 
♦TTUrO   X1H,  the   woman    (she)    gave  me  ;  TIN    -lUNim 

■  J  t    :  it  *  '     w  v  ..      .    .  - 

*1 7*!l,  and  she  saw  (him)  the  child.  The  pronoun  affix  with 
the  particle  7  is  also  sometimes  redundant,  as  *??\2LH&H$  I 
will  return. 

R.  155.  The  particle   17  before  the  preter  or  future,  denotes 
an  optative  sense,  as  UHO   Y),   O,  that  we  had  died  ! 


<D<BSl!<9]LW8a<&Er« 

— OS©©— 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

The  following  chapter  contains  a  complete  list  of  irregular 
verbs.  If  the  student  will  store  his  memory  with  eight  words 
every  day,  he  will  surmount  the  greatest  difficult}-  in  the  He- 
brew language  in  the  ^ace  of  three  months. 


N"tD  after  7I3K. 

"J5^  t0  Perisn 

7?N  to  go  away 

"UN  to  gird 
fP!N  to  lay  hold  on 
nilN  to  delay 
73  N  to  eat 

-  T 

£|7N  to  teach 
?ON  to  believe 
1DNI  to  say 

CJK  to  be  mortally  diseased 
ilDK  to  collect 
7¥X  to  reserve 
")¥N  to  treasure  up 

-  T  l 

3*1K  to  lie  in  ambush 

—  T 

»*S  fl/fer  3C*. 

7^*  to  bring 
C3*  to  dry  up,  to  wither 

"I j*  to  shrink  back  for  fear 

T 

1(7'  to  unite 

7(1*  pihel,  to  expect  patiently 

Dll*  to  conceive 

3D*  to  seem  good 

7D*  to  be  able 


"17'  to  beget,  to  bring  forth 

717*  to  go,  walk,  &c. 
71 D*  to  enlarge 

|D*  to  turn  to  the  right 

py  to  suck 

ID*  to  lay  the  foundation 
7JD*  to  anoint 
w]D*  to  add 

ID*  to  discipline,  chastise 
"IV*  to  form 

-   T 

Tp'  to  burn 
j'P'  to  awake 

ID*  to  be  precious,  esteemed 
Cp*  to  spread  a  snare 
IT  to  descend 

-T 

D1*  to  turn  aside 

-T 

CV  to  possess  (something)  in 

succession 
3C*  to  sit 
DC*  to  extend 

-  _T 

DC*  to  waste 

-  T 

[C*  to  sleep 

"in*  to  abound,  make  plente- 
ous 

y|J  after  #JJ. 

-T 

D3J  to  look  with  expectation 


106 


ni: 

T  T 

3-n 

mi 

HP 

-    T 

"13J 


DpJ 


to  fade  away 

to  declare 

to  shine,  to  be  luminous 

to  smite 

to  diffuse,  pour  out 

to  come  near 

to  oppress 

to  be  liberal 

to  drive  or  hurry  away 

to  vow 

to  boil 

to  distil,  trickle,  flow 

to  set  apart,  to  be  seques- 
tered 

to  impose,  lay  on 

to  distil  in  drops 

to  keep,  to  retain  anger 

to  loose,  stretch  out,  for- 
sake 

pihel,  to  acknowledge,  to 
estrange* 

to  recede,  go  back 

to  pour  out  (as  a  libation) 

to  climb  up,  to  ascend 

to  fall 

to  dissipate,  disperse 

to  take  away,  to  deliver 

to  keep,  preserve 

to  perforate,  to  mark,  dis 

tinguish 
to  avenge 
to    cut   off 


—      T 

piri 

—  T 

po] 

-  T 

-in: 

#bj 

air 

-    X 

iv 

pv: 
•ip: 


to  bore  a  hole 

to  lay  snares,  to  ensnare 

chald.  to  dash 

to    breathe,     blow,    (as 

wind) 
to  reach,  to  overtake 
to  bite,  to  damage 
to  remove  by  force 
to  blow 
to  kiss 
to  kindle 
to  be  in  a  state  of  fusion 

£■  to  demolish 

to  draw  asunder 

to  be  moved  loosely,  to 

leap 
chald.  to  flow 
to  pluck  up 


to  place  steadily 

to  pour  out 

to  surround,  to  go  round 


fV  after  Dip. 

D13  to  make  hollow 

H3  to  despise 

Tj-13  to    be    entangled,     per- 
plexed 

p3  to  discern,  to  understand 
D13  to  trample  upon 
£H3  to  be  ashamed,  abashed 


*  This  is  one  of  those  Roots  which  have  opposite  significations  attached 
to  them,  as  BHp  "]13  ID  IT 


107 


T1il  to  take  off  or  away 

71il  to  exult,  leap  for  joy 

<T1^  to  clap  or  shut  to 

11JI  to  sojourn 

JIT  to  fish 

711*1  to  crush 
Q1"1  to  be  quiet,  still,  compo- 
sed 

pi  to  direct,  rule,  judge 
1*1*1  to  leap,  spring,  bound 
")T1  to  inhabit,  dwell 
t£>1*1  to  thresh 

31'  to  gush,  to  issue  out 

"1*1"'  to  swell,  be  presumptu- 
ous 

71T  to  be  loose,  vile 

[•If  chald.  to  nourish 

TIT  to  squeeze,  to  be  aliena- 
ted 
Jllfl  to  describe  a  sphere 
"11*1  to  propose  a  parable 
71*1  to   tremble,  to  be  in  la- 
bour with 
DIPT  to  spare,  pity 
trifl  to  hasten 
2ND  to  be  good 
71  E3  to  cast,  send  forth 
&V3  to  set  loose,  spread  forth 
713  to  contain,  comprehend 
J13  to  make  ready,  to  fit,  es 

tablish 
M7  to  turn  aside,  depart 
"317  to  hide,  involve,  enwrap 
?J|7  to  stay,  abide,  remain 
*/*)7  to  scorn,  scoff 


2^17  to  knead 
JI1D  to  dissolve,  melt 
£01*3  to  slide,  slip  aside 
7I1D  to  decay,  fall  to  decay, 

grow  poor 
710  to  cut,  to  circumcise 
plO  to  be  dissolved,  to  rot,  to 

pine  or  waste  away 
11 D  to     change,    alter,    ex- 
change 
*#1D  to  decline,  to  remove 
21J  to  put  forth,  bud,  germi- 
nate 
*11J  to  move,  be  agitated 
D1J  to  incline,  bow 
D1J  to  slumber,  doze 
D1J  to  flee,  wave 
£]1J  to  reach  out,  stretch  forth 
V) J  to  shoot  forth,  or  spring 
illD  to  recede,  turn  back 
71  ID  to  overspread,  anoint 
v"|1D  to  sweep  away,  consume, 

to  finish,  accomplish 
11 D  to  decline,  turn  aside 
ill  3  to  fail,  intermit 
1 13  to  turn  this  way,  and  that 
flS  to  disperse,  to  burst  open 
pi Q  to  totter,  stagger 
115  to  break,  burst,  rive 
£n£)  to  spread 
"11  "if  to    hunt,   to  catch  side- 
ways 
Q1¥  to  be  empty,   to   abstain 
from  meat  and  drink, 
to  fast 


108 


f]1¥  to  overflow 

pi V  to  press,  distress 

11¥  to    bind   close,    besiege, 

oppress 
01  p  to  lothe,  nauseate 
Dip  to  rise,  stand  up 
?1p  to  lament 
Dip  to  cut  or  pluck  off* 
^1p  to  fret,  to  be  fretted 
Tip  to    cause   to   spring   up 

cast  out 
CI p  to  spread  a  snare 
31")  to  strive 
111  to  subdue 
D11  to  be  lifted  up,  exalted 
fill  to  yield,  give  way 
J»J|")  to  run 
C11  to  lack,  be  poor 
21  $  to  turn  back 
31  &  to  be  or  grow  old 
11 C  to  smear  over  with  lime 
01  \y  to  run  to  and  fro 
01  C  to  decline,  turn  aside 
11 C  to  fence,  hedge 
D1C  to  place,  constitute,  dis- 
pose 
f]1C  to   bruise,    cover,    over- 
whelm 
p1C  to  desire  earnestly,  have 

eager  appetite 
11C  To  regulate   the  voice  in 

singing,  to  sing 
11C  to  direct,  rule 
C1C  tobebrisk, active, spright- 
ly, cheerful,  to  rejoice 


3*lfi  chald.   to  return 
11fl  to  go  round,  investigate 
1*J  to  split,  to  plough 
f*¥  to  flower,  blossom 

JVV  to  burn 
1*p    to  destroy 
p*1  to     evacuate,      exhaust, 
draw  forth,  attenuate 
"1**1  to  excern,  ooze  with 

1?  Geminatum,  after  33  D- 
113  to  be  all  alone 

TT 

H3  to  spoil,  plunder,  strip 
7/3  to  mix,  confound,  destroy 
pp3  to  make  entirely   empty 

or  waste 
113  to  clear,  cleanse 
CC3  to  delay,  to  be  tardy 
11J1  chald.    to  assault,  attack 
11.1  to  cut  oneself 

**,1  to  take  off,  cut  off 
7?3l  to  roll 

-     T 

pj  to  protect,  defend 
11J  to  ruminate,  to  saw 

-T 

CCJ  to  feel,  grope  for 
331  to  cause  to  murmur 
*]31  chald.    TJ1-  to  afliict 
771  to  be  entirely  exhausted 
001  to  be  silent,  composed,  to 

expect,  wait  for 
ppl  to  beat,  to  thresh 
13*  to  cleanse,  purify 
DOf  to  imagine,  devise,  think 
pp|  to    strain    off,  purify  by 

fusion 
33(1  to  hide,  to  love 


109 


Jjn  to  dance  round  and  round!  Dpi  to  erect,  or  display 


in  circles,  celebrate  a 
feast 
Tin  to    penetrate,  be   sharp, 

acute 
77H  to  make  a  hole,  to  pierce 

or  wound,  vitiate,  pro 

fane,  begin 
DOff  to  be  or  grow  warm 

pil  to  be  gracious 
*HiDn  to  cover,  shelter 
r*l±n  to  divide  into  shares,  to 

dart 
ppn  to    mark,   delineate,  de 
fine,  determine,  or  decree 
"lin  to  burn,  to  be  parched, 

dry 
770  to  cover,  shelter 

-  T 

77*  to  cast  forth,  project 
773  to    hold,    contain,    cora- 

prehend 
DD3  to  reckon,  number,  count 

-  T 

£"]£)3  to  bow,  bend  down 
173  the  same  as  JJUl- 
pp7  to  lick  with  the  tongue 
710  to   measure,    lengthened 

-  T 

out 
C2D0  to  slide,  be  disabled 
TlpD  to  decay,  be  impoverished 

770  to  speak  articulately,  to 

talk 
DDO  to  melt,  be  dissolved 

—      T 

P2£0  to  squeeze,  wring 
ppO  to  rot,  pme,  waste  away 
710  to  be  very  bitter 
jy'&y'O  to  feel,  to  search  | 


33  D  to  turn,  encompass 

T|3D  to  cover,  protect 

77 D  to  raise,  or  cast    up  on 

high 
7")D  to  be  rebellious,  refrac- 

-    T 

tory 
f?JD    to      be       consolidated, 

strengthened 
773  to  pronounce  or  execute 

judgment,     intercede, 

mediate,  pray 
DDQ  to  diminish,  fail 

-     T 

i7fl£)  to  part  or  divide  minutely 
7 7V  to    shade,     overshadow, 
tingle  or  sound,  (as  the 
ears,)  quaver,  dart  into 
the  deep 
77¥  to   bind   up   closely,  be- 
siege,   distress,   afflict 
exceedingly 
3Dp  to  curse,  execrate 
77 P  to  bow    down  the   head 

I  L 

77p  to  be  vile,  to  curse,  blas- 
pheme 
Pp  to  build  a  nest 

f*¥p  to  fret,  lacerate,  harass 

"Hp  to   grow  frigid,  to  con- 
geal 
IT^p  to  collect,  pick  up 

33*7  to  be  many,  to  multiply, 
to  shoot 

777  to  subdue  entirely 

731  to  be  soft,  tender,  deli- 
cate 


no 


00^  to   raise   on   high,   exalti  J03 
or  extol  NOJ 

T     T 

P"l  to  exult,  shout,  sing  JO"l 

DDI  to  moisten,  temper  with 
moisture 

VV")  to  dash,  bruise   by  col- 
lision 

pp^  to  spue,  spue  out 
Witfl  to  lack,  be  in  want,  be 
reduced     to    extreme 
poverty 

JUl^  to  err,  transgress  through 
mistake 

T"?1T  to  shatter  to  pieces,  de- 
stroy 

TTtr  to  lime,   smear  over  with 
lime 


tan 

Kton 

T      T 

JO' 

•T 


T]3^  to  assuage,  subside 
.  7  7lT  to  strip  off,  spoil 
0D&  to  be  desolate  and  waste, 

-    T 

be    amazed     or   asto- 
nished 
\yj?  to  whet,  sharpen 

DDC*  to  tear  in  pieces,  to  pil- 
lage 

HpC  to  rush  forward  violently 

-nt£>  to  rule,  hold  dominion 
f  Jfl  to  cut,  to  shake  off 

77JI  to  overhang,  be  heaped 
up 

DOH  to  perfect 

N*S  afar  NVO. 

v  T      ▼ 


t    : 


N"1D 

T   T 
T     T 

NOV 

jop 


N"13  to  devise  of  himself  alone  X5p 
NtOD  to  speak  rashly,  foolishlyi 
xS?  chald.  to  wear  out,con-|K"1j5 
sume 


to  create 

to  sup  up,  swallow 

to  crush,  tread  down, 
humble,  oppress 

to  sprout  forth,  germinate 

to  hide,  conceal 

to  deviate  from,  miss,  sin, 
offend 

to  pollute,  defile 

to  fear,  to  venerate,  reve- 
rence 

to  separate,  restrict,  re- 
frain 

to  clap  together  (the 
hands) 

chald.  to  reach  unto 

to  be  full,  to  complete 
to  find,  meet  with,  obtain, 

procure,    to     supply, 

suffice 
to  raise  or  swell  up 
to  prophecy 
to  drink  hard,  guzzle 
to  be  compared 
to      be      extraordinary, 

wonderful 
chald.  to  will,  be  desirous 
to  assemble  (in  troops) 

chald.  to  pray,  supplicate 

to  thirst 

to  be  hot,  inflamed,  burn 
with  zeal,  jealousy 

to  be  congealed,  con- 
densed 

to  call,  meet,  name,  pro- 
nounce, announce 


Ill 


$$£3*"l  to    restore   to    a    former 

T       T 

state,  to  heal 
XXI  to  run 

T       T 

Klty  chald.   to    expatiate,   in 

crease 
N*V*8?  chald.   to   finish,    com 

plete 
fcOfc>  to  hate,  dislike 

T    T 

*t~\&  chald.  to  dwell,  remain 


JY'S  after  nS> 

^  T    T 


n?S  to  contemn,  slight 

T  T 

HD-1  to  weep,  bewail 

H73  to  wear  out,  waste  away 

njlil  to  build 

T   T 

n^2  to  feed,  eat 

T  T 

Jl7Jl  to    remove,  carry  away, 

T  T 

discover,  reveal 
n"1.3  to  excite,  move,  stir  up 

TT 

HJI  to  multiply 
n*l*l  to  step,  march  on  slowly 
Jim  to  drive,  impel,  push 
HD1  to  break  in  pieces,  bruise 
H71  to  draw,  exhaust,  exalt 
tlDI  to      make     equable,      or 

T      T 

equal,    to    put    on    a 
level,  compare 
i"Or  to  clear,  clean,  pure 

T  T  J 

HJ?  to  commit  whoredom 

TT 

rnt  to  scatter,  ventilate,  win 

now 
{■OH  to  hide 

T    T 

Hin  to  brighten,  exhilarate 
ifff!  to  fix,  see,  behold 
nOfl  to  wait,  expect  I 


fl^n  to  be  languid,  faint,  sick} 
afflicted,  grieved,  con- 
cerned 

iljn  to  fix,  pitch 

ilDn  to  shelter,  hope,  trust 

!l£3n  to  cover,  veil 

HXn  to  part,  divide 

^[10  to  imPrmt,  incide,  en- 
grave 

nin  to  burn  with  anger,  grief, 
or  zeal 

nt^n  to  be  silent,  inactive 

T       T 

Jlj"in  to  keep  fire  active,  light- 
ed or  in  a  smoke  by  the 
constant  access  of  fresh 
air 
iintO  to  impel,  drive  forward 
!~OD  to  extinguish,  quench 
H7D  to  finish,  bring  to  nought 
HOD  to  be  hot  with  desire,  to 

T     T 

pant 
n,3D  to  surname 

T  T 

HDD  to  cover,  veil,  conceal 
("TiDID  to  curve,  bend,  appease 
n**0  to  cut,  dig,   cut  out 
iltJO  to  cover,  be  inclosed 

T       T 

»inO  to  wipe  clean,  blot  out 
1IJD  to     distribute,    compute, 
reckon    up,    appoint, 
assign,  ordain 
ilDO  to  melt,  dissolve 

T    T 

MXD  to  squeeze,  press,  wring 


out 


Jl*)D  to  resist,  rebel,  disobey 
nCD  to    draw   out   or    forth, 

T       T  ' 

withdraw,  remove 


12 


fTlJ  to   remove,    reject,    cast 

out  or  away 
nn,3  to  lead,  guide,  diffuse 

,T   T 

ll^i  to  complete,  consummate 

T  T  * 

nnD  to    swt'ci),    remove,    de- 

T     T 

molish 
H^D  to  strew,  be  valued,  coin- 

T     T 

pared 
HQD  to     scrape,     sweep     to- 
gether or  away 
ni£)  to  separate,  deliver 
i"7.3D  to  run  out,  be  diffused 

,T      T 

H/5  to  separate,  distinguish, 
judge,  intercede,  me- 
diate 

PUS  to  turn,  advert,  look  to, 
provide,  prepare 

n¥£3  to  let  loose,  to  open 

T    T 

n*lfl  to  bear  or  produce  fruit 

T  T 

PI  C£D  to  spread,  diffuse 

T       T  ' 

riDD  to  draw  aside,  withdraw. 

T     T 

persuade,    entice,    se- 
duce 
PO¥  to  swell,  grow  turgid 
!T7¥  to  lie  in  wait,   to  hunt 
H  7¥  to  roast,  toast,  bake 
nfi¥  to    overspread,     survey 
look      around,      con- 
template, watch,  wait 
for 
J! 7p  to  roast,  parch,  fry 
n^p  to  hold,  contain,  possess, 

t  It 

get,  gain,  acquire 
nVD  to  make  an  extremity  or 

T  |t  * 

end,  to  cut  off,  scrape 


ITlp  to  meet,  join,  light  upon. 

incur,  befal,  happen 
riu'p  to   be    stiff,    rigid,  stub- 
born, hard 

i"0**l  to  become  many  or  gre<t., 
increase,  multiply, 
magnify 

nil  to  subdue,  bring  under 
subjection 

iTH  to  be  wet,  satiate^ 
IIH  to  diminish,  waste,  mafte 
lean 

•ID")  to  cast,  throw,  deceive 

T      T  ' 

n^l  to  sound 

T     T 

JliD")  to  give  way,  assuage, 
dissolve,  be  feeble,  re- 
miss, idle 

i1V*1  to  be   pleased  with,   ar 

cept 
i"OC  to  lead  captive 

iiyC  to    wander,    err.     trans- 

T  T 

gress 
nriu'  to  incline,  to  bend,  bow 
rUlu'  to  swim 

T       T 

HlDC  to  decline,  go  aside 
i"DI!*  to     be     like,    resemble, 

T     T  ' 

view,  look 
rT7u'  to      be      quiet,     secure 

happy 
rUC*  to  iterate,  repeat,  change 
Hpu'  to  rob,  pillage 
rr*3t!'  to   be  eminent,  exalted, 

to  be  broken,  craggy 
npC;  to  irrigate,  wet,   moisten 

water,  give  drink  to 
mC  to  loose 


113 


rHi^  to  be  strong 
iinty  to  drink,  swallow  liquids 
n*?n  to  hang,  suspend 
Pjn  to  hire,  to  wail 

T       T 

Class    1. 

a.  N"£3  with  HT- 

pHN  to  love 

7ni$  l°  pitch  a  tent 

2.  Kr'£)  w*A   r#. 

V*^  to  urge,  hasten 
TN  to  be  light,  to  shine 

3.  Hu*}  ivith  Xy  geminatum. 

HflN  to  face  on  all  sides,  sur- 
round, encompass 
"OX  to  curse,  curse  greatly 
C&*N  to  behave  like  men,  to  be 
on  fire,  to  be  grieved 

4.  N"£)  with  JT  7- 

HDK  to  be  willing 
JTN  to  desire,  covet,  lust  after 
il/K  to     curse,    denounce     a 

T     T 

curse 
n^N  to  occur,  to  happen 
HflN  to  bake 

T     T 

PHi*  to  gather,  pluck  off,  crop 
HDK  to  come 

T     T 

5.  N"£)  with  rrS. 

n  vfc"?  to  be  filthy,  putrid 


I1JK  to  sigh,  groan 
rHK  to  go  in  a  track  or  high 
road 

Class  2. 
1.  »*"£]  w>i*A  N"V. 

^N'  to  desire  earnestly 

7N*  to     determine,     consent, 

begin 
CJO  to  despair  of 
r\W  to  consent,  agree 

2.    >*fl  with   JYT. 

3T  chald.  to  give 
Til*  to  judaize,  became  a  Jew 
in  religion. 

3-   ,fr5  with  V  geminatum. 

D  J^  to  cry  out  aloud,  exclaim 
TV  to  cast,  cast   forth,  cast 

out 
77*  to  howl,  to  yell 

J^i*'  to  come  or  uo  forth 
{<"V  to  fear,  venerate,  respect 

5.  >"£  wiW*  nr',7- 

HJ'  to  afflict,  grieve,  humble 
HT  to  confess,  praise,    wor- 
ship 
r\¥   to  press,  oppress,  afflict 


114 


US*  to  be  fair,  beautiful 

T  T 

fl"V  to  direct,  point  forward, 

TT 

guide,  teach,  regulate 
aim 
J1C"  JT*  verb  imp.  substant.  is, 
are,  was,  were 

6.  >"£  ivith  nr7- 

.  fi3*  to  pound,  beat 
J"iy  to  burn  or  be  burned 

7.  »»3   twVA  J^y. 

^W>  to  appoint,  constitute 
fj7*  to  be  strong 
JO.!/'  to  cover;  chald.  to  coun- 
sel, advise 
7^">  to  profit,  benefit 
Jl^*  to  dissolve,    melt,  dissi- 
pate, be  tired,  spent 
V]?*  to  advise,  give  counsel 

8.  '"3  with  n"h. 

CO*  to  prove,  argue,  reprove 
(1^  to  place,   settle,  permit, 

give  leave 
113'  to  breathe  or  blow 

—  T 

9.  i''2   with  y«7. 


tfpj  to   strain,  distend,  hang 

up 
i?"V  to  displease,  hurt 
W&i  to  keep,  save 

Class  3. 
1.  y&  with  y   Geminatum. 

TU  to  be  in  motion,  unsettled 

condition 
VVJ  to  shoot  out,  to  sparkle 

2.  yQ  ivith  H"^. 

NSPJ  to  bear,  take  up,  suffice, 
contain,  lay  on,  carry, 
bring,  obtain,  bear 
sin,  forbear,  forgive 

NS^'J  to  elate,  puff  up,  deceive 

3.  y&  ivith  r\"b. 

n^  to      leap,       spurt      out, 

sprinkle 
iltDJ  to  stretch,  stretch  out  or 

T     T 

forth,  tend,  verge,  de- 
cline, incline 
,13,3  to  smite 

T     T 

J1DJ  to  attempt,  prove,  tempt 
nVJ  to   shoot,    rush    or    flee 

T    T 

away 
nr^j  to  clear,  be  clear,  inno- 

It  t 

cent 
il&'J  to  be  remiss,  to  forget, 
lend 


PJMo  labour,  be  weary  with 

labour 
U'V  to  perceive,  know,  take 

notice  of 
#3*  to  shine,  shine  forth 

-  T 

WW  to  spread  out,  as  a  bed    j  rillJ  to  descend,  come  down 


4.  y&  iv 


nth  T)"b. 


115 


r\WH  to  fail,  perish 
fjlj  to  give,  to  permit 

5.  Defective  £)  with  n"?  ory({L). 

np  7  to  procure,  bring,  take, 

marry 

VTy)  to  grind  to  pieces 

nJJI  to  push  or  butt  with  the 

horns 

HT^  to  thrust,  impel 

r?DJ5  to  pull  away 
_  T        i  „ 

H5J  to  breathe,  blow 
n£U  Pihel.  to  cut  in  pieces 

6.  J"£)  irift  j7*7. 

X'33  to  gush,  spring,   bubble 

out  or  up 
i».1J  to  touch 
V&]  to  plant,  fix,  unfix 
I*D3  to  remove 
Vpj  to  be  strained,  disjointed 

Class  4. 
1.  1**3  after  )*$  or  ». 

Tjlu  chald.  to  go,  come 
D1H  to  tumultuate 
pjl  to  be  ready,  prompt,  pre- 
sent oneself 

2.  ya  wtf  ry. 

^1^  to  be  thick,  gross 
JiW  to  bake  upon  the  coals 
1117  to  bear  witness,  testify 
\)y  to    hasten,    remove  with 
haste  \ 


8»# 

my 


to  rush  impetuously  upon, 
or  fly  upon 

to  vibrate,  to  flutter,  fly, 
fly  away 

to  consult 

to  confine,  contract,  com- 
press, squeeze 

to  raise,  lift  up  oneself, 
rouse  oneself,  stir  up 

to  come  together,  to  as- 
semble 

3.  ry  or  rrS. 


mjl  to  break,  burst  or  thrust 
forth 

nil  to  drive,  impel,  push 

n*lO  to  overlay,  cover  over 
the  surface 

rPJ  to  rest  or  settle  after  mo- 
tion, to  give  rest 

1113  to  expand,  spread  out, 
dilate 

|-p")  to  inspire  in  smelling, 
snuff,  snift,  breathe  in 
mi!-'  to  incline,  bow,  stoop 

mtr  to  meditate,  reflect  deep- 
ly, complain 

4.  ry  with  yb. 

y)\  to    move,     stir,     shake 

tremble 
y)  7  to  lick  up,  absorb,  swal- 
low down 
y^\^  to  move,  stagger 
y^"]  to  be  evil,  wicked 
yi  to  break,  to  shout 


116 


.1*1  C  to  cry  aloud,  shout 

5.   V'V    with   IT'S. 

DID  to  die 

Dlu'  to  set,  place,  settle,  dis- 
pose, constitute,  ap- 
point, put. 

Class  5. 

1.  T]"^  with  )}    Geminatum. 

77i"T  to  exalt,  irradiate,  shine, 

to  be  mad 
DQH  to    rout,    crush,     defeat, 

confound 
jinn  to    consult    or    meditate 

mischief 

2.  ]}"§  with  tf   Geminatum. 

Til*  to   preserve,  or  continue 

still,  uphold 
*?1*  to   be    strong,    vigorous, 

to  prevail 
7^1*  to     ascend      repeatedly, 

glean,     do,     perform, 

effect 
77]/*  chald.    to    enter,    go    or 

come  in 

DO  J/*  to  hide,  conceal,  obscure 
JDJJ  to   tread    down,   trample 

under  feet 
WlPy  to  consume,  decay,  waste 

away 

3.   1*    Geminatum  with  H    /• 


liny  to  be  white,  clear,  pale 
nnC'  to  bow, to  prostrate  oneself 

4.  X*    Geminatum  with  j"V'7\ 

nnil  to  be  broken 

rirO  to  pound  into  small  pieces 

Class  6. 
1.  VT  with  X"'b. 

N"D  to  come,  go,  set,  as  the 

sun 
NiCD  to  sweep,  sweep  repeat- 

edly 
N^) J  to  fail,   disannul,  break, 

discourage 
Nip  to  vomit,  spue  out 

Class  7. 

i.  r»*s3  with  n"b. 

n^in  to  meditate,  utter 
Jlin  to   send,   thrust    or   dart 

T    T 

forth 
mn  to  be,  subsist,    continue 
n?n  to  be  sleepy,  drowsy 
rVH  to     be,     exist,     remain, 

T     T 

continue 
Jl^n  to  tumultuate,  be  turbu 

T     T 

lent 

H  D  H  to  hush  into  silence,  to 
be  silent 

niil  to  protuberate,  be  preg- 
nant 

2.  irg  «»#  rrb- 


(111*  to  be   plucked   away  or\  HD)*  to  be  thick,  gross,  dense, 

-   T  *  J  T     T 

separated  compact 


117 


n*Tlf  to  put  on,  to  adorn 

T  T 

iltO^  to  throw,  wrap,  put  a 
covering  upon,  over- 
spread 

H/V  to     ascend,    mount     up- 

T    T 

wards 
rOU  to      act     upon,      affect 

answer,  force,  afflict 
nVl?  to  fix  or  shut 

T     T 

mi^  to  bare,    make  bare,   un- 

T  T 

cover,      strip,     make 

naked,    empty,    pour 

out 

TJt^V  to  do,  make,  perform 

T     T  ' 

3.  Nr'l*  with  nfrt>. 
HfrO  to  increase,  rise,    swell, 

T    T 

to  be  exalted,  proud 
H*n  to  fly 

T       T 

HN3  to   bruise,    break,    beat, 

T     T 

beat  down 
T\tfh  to   be   weary,    tired,    to 

faint 
illO  to  be  beautiful 

T    T 

UNI  to  see,   understand,  per- 

T        T 

ceive 
UNC  to  be  confounded,  con- 

T     T 

fused,  destroyed,    de- 
solate 
flNn  to  limit,  bound,  restrain, 

T      T 

prescribe  to 

4.  n/'V  with  &"S 
nHJl  to   repair,    restore   to    a 

7      T 

former  state,  heal  en- 
tirely 


nl!3  to      restrain,       repress, 

shrink,  contract 
Jill  7  to  be  insane,  to  rage 

T     T 

nnO  to  delay,  dally 
nnj  to  lament,  bewail 

T     T 

HUp  to  be  blunt,  set  on  edge 
nn*l  to  be  irresolute,  waver- 

T        T 

ing  through  fear 

5.  Ytf  or  *  with  JY'S- 

mi  to  be  languid,  feel  great 

pain 
Hill  to  declare,  discover, show 

T   • 

!"Vn  to  live 

T  T 

mtO  to  spin 

iTD  to    burn,    scorch,    to  be 

burned 
Hw  to  join,    add,  associate, 

to  borrow 
nii  to  dwell,  reside 

IT 

my  to  command,  order,    or- 
dain 

Hip  to  stretch,  to  expect  ear- 
nestly 

rni2>'  to    make    equal,    plain, 
level,  smooth 

PTIfl  to  mark,  make  a  mark 

HIF)  chald.  to  tremble,  be  ter 
rifled 

6.  1?  Geminatum  ivith  T]/- 

(1^.3  to  gush  out,  bubble  out 
HIM  to  low  or  bellow 
n#J0  to   err,   deviate  from  a 
way 


118 


nV5  to    swell   with    blowing, 

to  cry  out 
ilV'H  to    spread,   stretch    out, 

strew  .  throw  down 
iTlfl  to  feed,  tend,  teach 
nVW  to  look,  regard,  delight 

respect 

tlVD  to  err,  wander,  go  astray 
err  greatly 


Class  8. 

i.  #f£j  mth  nvb- 

D3X^  to  twine,   entwine,   com- 
plicate 
HWy  to  shine,  look  glossy 

2.  yy  with  n*S- 

fil^S  to  disturb,  aflrigV* 


n  i  &  a  -i  a 

CAPUT  I.     N 

:  pan  rw  own  rw  dtiSn  Nia  rr£'N"i*»  ** 
Dinn  >*Q~b$  n^m  irlii  irin  nn»n  p-mm  2 
a\frS&?  ipx'n  :  ovsn  *js-7#  nfirn:?  D^rrS^  nni  3 
aitr»a  TiKrrntf  D»rtf?K  Kin  :  -iiK-»m  ifar»fp  4 

n  l    S  ■)•         v:  :s--  i  -  :j-  y,         j-    : 

anym  nVS  aop  n^'nSi  oi>  tikS  i  wribx 

■;>:■  •    a-  t  :at  t|jt      |  v     i    -    :  t  ^- 

a  :  inx  ov  -ipa_'m 

it  v  >-         |v  v  •  :i- 

Snao  »nn  D»srr  Tina  yp*"1  ^  o\iSK  niajn  6 
pa  7*ra*i  y»p"trrnN  ErriS^  b>#»i  :  d\sS  d»d  pa  7 

I  <■•  ••  :  —    -     |-     tit  v  •        v:         --i —  •  it  t         •(.-    I     •• 

7yo  ng^K  CD*»n  pjri  Fpl^  rinnp  i#$  b?pn 
-♦m  b*W  jrpnb  D^rlSx  aopn   :  t^nn  y>p-iS  s 

•    '-I-         "AT    T        "    1 1"    TlT  ■■)'         '■"■  STI:    '  ~  •  '"  '    :l~     "     I  A' tit 

s  :  ^c'-dv  np'a"»;n  a-iy 

"Sn*  b\hvn  nnriQ  D*sri  rig!  D'riSg  "iD**y  9 
1  dtiSn*  Nnpn  :  i3~<n^  n-jyn  naom  in**  Dipa  » 

<■       v:  t|:    ■-        1 1"  •    :i~      at     t —  iv  ■  t  I"  :  t    v  |jt 

qtiSn  xti  d»3»  Nnp  can  mpoSi  pnj*  ntra»S 

v         v:  :;—  n   -        jt|t  -v-    -  r-|:  I  t     t-- 

a?>£  kbHj  p>s*n  ^*in  D*r?S$  ip^'*]  J  aitr-an 
ia-imr  lu'N  tr»b  na  nir'r  na  pr  m?  rnro 
ynrs  airy  nth  p-ian  xvini  :  \^r\^  r^xrrhy  12 

-     <•:   -         v    j-         v      v   I      .'  t  t  -•  -  1 1-  •   :i-   1      v^t   t  - 

i.-wdS  ia-irnr  Wn  ns-nir'y  nn  inroS  jnr 
dv  -ipa-,nn  a-ur^m     :  aiio^a  wribx  m*i  13 

|v  V  3"  ■•';•.•  ■    :i-  1  i-        v:  t  :j — 

3       17  :  '&ry& 


cap.  i.  n  jwjnn 
^4  hninb  &6wn  Vfflz  rrns*p  »n*  d^Sk  na*«»] 

1,-    t  :  • -:       j   :  :  <t    :  t  :^t  -      I    j-  i  -      1    /•■ 

id  -Sj?  txhS  d?d#  n  3^13  rhiKD?  vm  :  ou&n 
i6  rnaan  Wvin  D'frtm  iwH    :  p"\"m  p^n 

:  D»33f3n  ru\n  rir^n  nbetooS  }bpD  TiKon 

I-  T       i    -  (.v   :  t  :  -   -  vjv     :    :•    :        I       It  ~  <    t   - 

I     v  it    t  -  it:  -,,t    t     ~     -     |j-    !  ■  i.'        v;         ;t  \  )••   •  — 

is  wnn  pai  ni«n  pa  ^nartSi  nS4ai  ova  ^b^i 

|  v     a      "        I   -J"  it!/"  •   :    -     :     I  t  :  -    -  J  -  :      •    : 

19  oi;  *ip3",rrn  3T#"VI^    :  3iD"p  D*-rnj{  n*vi 

l  :  >py\ 

3  f|ijfi  rw  e^j  jnj$>  d?®.0  !|?1^  D'S^jJ  "^P^l 
2i  K5j*i    :  p?o#n  y^n  ys'ty  p.^0"^  *1S^! 

i  rrnn  sr'srSs  nwi  D'S'ian  D\r:nn"ns<  crtSx 
W-Sa  n&n  dIv^dS  D^n  lintr'  new*  ntr&'-in 

I     <  t  ■•   :  v      •■     i"    :  ■ :  it  v      -:  v     v       it 

22  aKihti  DfiK*  n^rn  ;  3iD"*3  dttSn  nti  inroS  ens 

I'         v:  ;t  I    vsT  :|-  i  •  i"  v:  :i —  ••       ■    :        It  t 

I      i.      t    :  -  -  •    -    -  v  <    :      •  :  j   .  A  " 

23  fl     :  'tran  or  npa^nn  mmm  :  pN3  st 

r         •    -J  ;         /.•    v  •    :i-  :■/:  ■    :|-  |      vit  t  •.•;■ 

24  nyo1?  ?vn  2>sv  p.»n  tfi'in  d'hSn  19^*1 

n3  'W"\     5  p"»nn  pwd1?  pN-iJvm  sro-n  hdhs 

-j —                  I  I"          •    :i-          if"      ■     :       I      '"••'               !  1-  :  V  (VT  ft   ••    : 

t       •    :  T    ••     :    -  v    :  T      •    :      I      v  T  T  

■♦3  D*rt^  k"vi  !»«i^P/'  ^?i^D  ^px^?  ngi 

26  i^riiDia  ijdSvs  d-tk  hwj  o'iiSk  iok»i  :  aiD 

A"  :   *  i.--    :    -    :  ;t  t  j.-     -:i-  •         v:  V        j-j  i 

-L-?aai  nonaai  &bwn  Myai  o»r?  niia  inn 

t:  t--:-  --t-  IrJ:  t-  -     :  ~  :•: 

27X^3*1    :  HKrrSy  cvto'in  b,Dnn-S33;i  :nN*n 

t  :     •  -  I        VIT    T  -  /•  IT  V     IVT  T    :  I       V  T     T 

"lfW  N13  D'hSn*  oSi'3  1dS^3  DlNITnN*  i  D^N 

^  jt  t        _      i-         v:  vjv   :  :    -   :  ttit  •.•  <■         •.•: 

28  iok;i  d^MSn  BnN*  n^3n  :  on^  k\nn  nap^  id? 

•       *•:  t  I    .jt-i-  it  ,t  t  itl-i  ;t  t 

PT&P331  inKn-ri«  W701  on-i  na  n'fthx  anh 


GENESIS,  CAP.  1?  2.     2  K 

n&ri^n  irr\-l:oy)  D'ri^'n  qimi  b4n  nj-D  nm 

.•   /.■         it         it  -  t    :  •  -    t  I      j    :  t  -  v-    :  •  : 

via  nbh  'nhj  run  D'hhk  "-dk»i   :  rn^rrSr29 

:•    t  •     -    T  ■      •  •  v:  J-  |       VIT    T 

"Sp-nan  pks*n-S^  *}$~bv_  nt?>*  nun; '  iPT% 
:  n^aaS  rrn4  DjS  rnr  rnr  r^'^s  13""m^k  ryn 

it     ;    t     :  iv  :    r  ;  .■  t  -,yr     -   j-       |  .  i"  •  :  J  V    -;    I    »••   t 

ran  i  SpSi  a*a>#n  tjij^"SD^n  pa  ft  n^ryWriS 
aft$  p^-^TiK  n»rt  c^:  ia"ip"s  p^rr'^ 
ntyy  -iswSarnK  ;rnS&  nti  :  p-'nn  nSr^Ssi 

t     t  j'-'     -:  t  v  •  v:  :<--  li  •  "   :\~  AT    ;     T    : 

£)     :  »##n  dv  ip'^nn  :nir4nn  -us4d  jitrnam 

r      •     -  ;       |  v  v         •   :i-        v  r:        •    :\-         a    :  -  "   *  S 

CAPUT  2.     D 

bi;i  na^i  n^  ~\f'x  ina^Sp  >#43«?>n  01*5 

crn^N*  Tim  :  nw  Wk  in3N*SD_SDD  ^♦atrn  3  • 

I  v<t  :  r  itt  ;-.-(-:         i.    :  -    :  t    •  :    - 

"Sdd  nns?  is  43  ink  c'lpn  ♦yoir'n  dvtin 

1      -:i-  i.-         ".":  jt  t  v     — ■  :  -     : 

oi4j  Dx^.ana  pam  cotrn  mnSin  n^ts     4 

:  AT     :  I"1"    '     :  I      vi.t    t    :  •■)-   t     -  s:        I  vj- 

rv'w  1  Sbi    :  D^O'un  pK  nrnSs*  nin4  niwn 
die  mb'n  jL^jr^i  pw  n»n'  onto  ni'^n 
onto  pan-Sr  crnStf  nin4  TtbDnr*'1?  b  noy4 

jt  t    :     I     v  t    T  -  :■:         <r  ■  at     :   • 

pNrrro  nSy4  nai    :  noiN.Tnx  nnrS  pk  e 

I      VrtT   t      I   ■       ■     j;  -:i-         l"    :  it    t -:  it  v  i.   -:i-        I  •  - 

04nStf  nin4  *i¥44i  :  non^n  us-SrrnN*  frptfm  7 

T  :  V       ■  -  IT      T  -:    |T         J"  T  v  |Vr  :         •      ; 

no&i  vskj  ns4t  nb"TN*n"ro  Say  oixn-nx 

-J-     :        ■  IT      -     Z  /"     •  -  T        T  -:  IT         I     •  T     T  T    T     IT 

d^hSn*  nin4  y&4i  :  n4n  tr'SjS  din44!  *nn  D44n  g 

•;•         VI         rr  -    •-  it-  .vv   :  itt    it         j-   :i-  j,--      ° 

:  "Ti44  n^N*  D"!N*n"nN*  or  Db,4i  oipo  ?ii43"?^ 

ITT  //       -:  ITT  IT  V  T  VJT-  vlrtV  |    V  {••    i  I    - 

nom  rr^  nrj-fKrrrD    cdttSn*  nin4  nan  9 

)T      I      '.'  }       )"  T  T        T   -:  _fT  P  •  •.■;  <T  ;  —      .      — _ 

fin  riinp  h44nn  j^n  SaisaS  jiDi.  n^np1? 
nip-r'n1?  fnjbp  Ry  in:4!  :  j?ni  sira  nr^n  pri  10 


CAP.  2,  3.    n  IVBWD 

11  ob>  :  D'tfsn  nyrntfS  n»m  -ns»  btrDi  fjfrn* 

J"  f  T  it    t      :   -    :  it  t    :  ■■  T   ■  T  l^T- 

n^nnn  tnarSa  nx  rison  Kin  fi#»fl  in^n 

T       ■   -:   I"  I        VJV  T  ■•<  -  -1  I       rt  IT    VTT 

12  ojy  am  wnn  tn^n  snn    :  nnrn  dsp"12>k 

it  rt  (.•    -  I       V;t    t  .;-   -:  I  IT   t  -  IT    ,  V      -: 

is  Kin  rinu  *j#n  nnan*DBn  :  ontr'n  pao  n^ian 

j      l     ,-,      ■       i"   ••     -         it   t   -  i"     :  -     i     -      I  vi. ■    :  i  .     - 

i4>srS^'n  -lmrrDBn    :  b*d  inK'Sa  dn  aiiDn 

:      -  <T   T     -  |"  I  |      V  IV  T  I" 

Kin  'jrann  nnammtfN  nonp  nShn  Kin  Spnn 

i         r  :it  it  t   -    :  a     _  J-      :  I-       K"        «"  '  I-    '■' 

1D-MD  innan  D"mn-nN  dwn  nm*  np»i    :  ma 

I-  :  j-  • —         rtT  T  iT  I'        "■"         ;t      :         )■, —  it: 

is  'hv  D'HSn  nin»  Vvn    :  nnots6i  nnnyS  py 

-  •  v:  jt       :  -    :  -  it  :     t      ;  it  :    t    :  I    V   •• 

n  pyoi    :  Satffl  bbtf  nrrvy  S'dd  io«7  on^n 

)      ••      ••  I"  I       T  |vt  -  |       I"  I       •  rt  ^T    T    'T 

)  :    t  -:  i  :  ■  a/    '  l"  I       ^     t  t  j  -     -  - 

i8  3itrK'S  D'iVw  iliir  notfn   :  nion  niD  ued 

v  I  '         '•••"  jt       :  v  -  it  j  iv   ■ 

19  nm    :  injU3  nry  iS-nb>i\\*  innS  dinh  nvn 

v   •  -  i  :  v    :  vi-  ;  v     v:iv  ft-   !  it  t  it  i   v: 

"73  rmi  niton  jvn-73  nb-?Nn"?o  dviSn  nirv 

t  ■•    :  v  t     -        < —  t  t     t  -:  it     )    •  •         v:         t       : 

lS"*hp»-no  ni*nS  on^n-Stf  am  D*05$>*n  tin? 

A  t|:    •  -  I     :  ■  t  t  jt  v  ■■    T-  ■    -     t    -  |    -*j 

:  lotr  Nin  n*n  tfflj  onxn  iS"aap»  ifcto  9di 

i    :  j  it-  vi/  ;t  t  it  s  t|  :  •  v     -:  : 

3  D»o#n  niyVi  nonsn^S  nibs?  on^n  xnp»i 

•   -     r     -  I    j     :  t    ••  t    :  ■■  t  t    it  t|:    •  — 

j  injJD  nrp  nxd"kS  on^i  niton  n*n  SbSi 

l :  v  :  v  [•■  it  t  i  t  t    :  rtv  t    -         j —  v    : 

21  npn  rc*»i  D-iN.-rSy  nonnn  i  D^nSa  rim*  &»i 

I I  At      •-  vt  tit  i-         -it     ••     :  -  $•         v:  t       :  ■•   — 

22Piin»  I9?l   :  n-ifinn  nfc>3  ijipn  vnyb*p  nnai 
n#aS  DiNn-ro  npS-ntrfc  rWn'na  i  dniSk 

ftT         •     :  ITT  IT  I     •  (l-T  V        -!  IT    ••     -  V  J- 

23  d^  nvbn  nar  o-tttn  noan  :  diwtSn  rwon 

v    v<         -  —  -  j  T  T  |T  y  _  kT  T  |T  •.•      t  iv    ■    :  - 

b>»nb  »a  n^x  xnp»  nxrS  ntoo  n'^m  ♦ovyo 

V     ••        I-  t     •  j- lT  '  :  a- T     :     '  it    t  -    t    -:  I- 

g4ia*rrmi  vn»vn^  tf'irzw  h-by  :  nN'rnnpS 

A     •  V    :  l"   T  v  •  T-.r      I  •■  -  I  t  It.i-.. 

25  on^ty  v.ti    :  nnx  nimS  vm  intra:)  pnm 

•••••:  <  :  r  -  it    ••  it    t    :  i.  t   :  :       ■    :        |    j-    t  : 

:  iB^n*  nSi  inr'Ni  onxn  D^nr 

it  :    ■  ^    :         A     :      '    '  itt   it  •  -: 

CAPUT  3.     jj 

k  nw  ntr'N  nnt^n  n*n  S^o  onr  n»n  t'njim 


GENESIS    CAP.  3.     J| 

d'iHSk  idx-o  fix  to'NitSn  iok»i  d^k"  niir 

v:  j-    t         r       I  -<  t       •  jt  v  v  -  (V         '-':         JT       : 

irrurrbN  rrtfK-n  loam  :  nn  n*  ^3-o  ^vn  **b  2 

AT    T    -  .•  IT        •     IT  ;     -  I  |-r  -        |      ;•■  i.     •  |  J 

It  -  I       1    :  -iv     -:      I        •  t  j-    :     •  i-  Iit-       I     r         ;■ 

-.3  13  w-in  N;Ln  usd  iSd^Ti  kS  ernStf  ion 
:  nnon  nio-*o  n^N*n*7N*  irmn  10m  :  prion  4 

F       I      \    :  l.  I  ftT      '    IT  V  IT   T    -  v  1-  I         1       '■.     : 

iftj?!)^  w|d  oaSpN  dv?  *?  ciHSn  #3*  »3  n 
nm    :  yn  3io  tt  nrriSio  bn^m  D3W  6 

VJ"  -  ^     itt  /  [•■     :i  |-  v       •    :    i-  ffj      ■■     i" 

•  -    "r-  it  j  T-:  1-        j-    :  t    -:  i-  :         |     ■•    t  j  t     ■  it 

.nm  Saxm  ineo  npm  So^nS  *>yn  lomi 

|,„     .    _         A_  _        K    ;  ■     •  )]-      -  •    :      -    :        |      ■■    t  <t     :  v   : 

onW  >ry  n:inpflm    :  Sari'-i  noy  hc^nS-d-i  7 
•ity^i  m^n  nSr  iisn*i  on  now  o  win 
n>rnN  rnrv  ^ip-rw  WDtfn     :  n'un  onS  s 

■;■        •.•:  st       :  I  v  :     :     •  -  i      -i  iv   t 

imw  onxn  Nannn  dvh  nn1?  j-ia  rtaino 

:      •    :  t  t  it  .._.._  ^  _        _         j .         Iit  -  )/■■-:• 

nirv  Kijjn  :  fjn  pr  rpna  D»riSg  niir  gap  9 
"DN  ipan  :  ptsjk  17  10  an  DiNrrStf  n'ribfl;  » 
:  johni  »3jn  o"w»3  ntjo  M3  >f\vq&  nSb 

I"  t  i"  t        "IT  ;    n         r  ;t      ■  it      I  ,■  ,t  -  •     :   i-»  t        j)   :|i 

"m?8  p?CHPn  nriN  D'*yy  >3  ^S  lyn  »o  iprinn 
dinh  ion*i   :  nS3N  uoo_lon  'nSaS  T-pnnv  12 

at  t  it  v         1-  t    :  it    t  iv    •  t    -:         ;■-:•:  )    -r     ■  • 

n?rr?o  ^-runj  aon  nor  nnnj  il**'n  w'Nn 

I       l"     T  I     •  I'  T     :     |T  ■)■  ■      T       •  T   J-    T  JV        "I  T  |T 

nw  nxr-nD  n#a S  dtiSk  nin*  nak\*n  :  Sdn**)  13 

A'     t  j  -  it      •  IT  ■;■         v:  st       :  v  -  |-       it 

rim*  nDK-n  :  S3N*i  ♦jx^'n  tr'n^n  n^n  nDx'nt  14 

t       :  v  -  i"        it       •  \-  n  t  -  t       ■  it 

nn«  mil  n4vr  H*^  »3  ir'mn-SN  1  orhx 

T      -  <T  T       J"       T  f  TT     -  V  J- 

r\%  i\)hrh$  nn^n  n?D  L??9!i  n?npn_S3p 
qy3  n^'N*  1 ,13^1    :  Ti»»n  'D*-S3  Ssxn  isyi  ito 

) :     I-  •     t  jT      ••   :  j  iv-        J-:  r  {.-  rr   -r  : 

&2>ki  xjp^?  «iq  nyi]  p3i  rjyir  joi  n&sterr  pai 
h^nm-Sn  d  :  3pr  i3firi:*n  nriKi  16 

jt      •  it  '•'  1 1-  t  r:  :  it  —  : 

nSn  3V}?3  ?jVipi  ^i3vr  hsiN*  njnnn  ion 


CAP.  3,  4.   u  jve>*n:i 
nnn^'N*  Sip?  nyoe>  o  Iba  dtkSi         d 

,  I  V     :       '  I  j    :  t     :    -    t  j-  -    t  jt  t    : 

HoKrv  nS  iDtfS  rr.nny  "jg'g  r#CHP  Sbitrn 

mSa^n  hn>r3  rnism  hd"?kh  mm  lafeD 

T  v  -:  i        _l  t     •     :  |  v  -:i-  T     t  -:  it  <t  -:  rtv    ' 

t  :-  -   it  :    (    I^t      -    j-    :    -  it  :   -  :       I      ]t  :  I  iv-        ;■■  :  >. 

19  ig  snS  Sb&A  JpflK  rwn    :  rnif  n  3&?jr<nfc 
nrux  *wo  nrrpS  naao  o  ftoiafi-S*,  kw# 

T      -  -IT    t  |'        T      :    |r"|T.  T1.V  ;•  T      T  -IJT  V  I    :         I 

^  mn  intr'N*  dc'  dikh  Nnpn   :  men  "lairS**! 

AT  -  i     :       •  ;••  ;t  t  it  jt|  :  •  -  it  it   t  v    : 

21  D^riSx  niir  $in    :  »rr75  dn  nn»n  Kfn  *jp 
'  a  :  DtP'oSn  my  nuro  in^'NSi  d*?nS 

I"      •    : i  ;     :    t  -j     :       •    :  itt    ; 

22  rrn  chnh  ?n  D»hStf  niir  i  idk*i 

tt  t  t  it         !<••  •         v:  jt       .  j  - 

it  rrStrns  i  nnin  jm  ma  ninS  ^aa  iru<o 

t         j-    :     •       i  v  -it    -    :  atx  -1  -    i.-t  v  j-    -    : 

23innS^'n  :oSyS  »m  S^n*i  D^nn  pya  d-i  ripSi 

•;••   :     -    :i-  rr         :         )~    T          l~  t    :  •  -   |-       |  -■••    ■•  -<         |-  t   : 

>■:     —.  t     t-:jt  v  -:i-        I    Vrt"     I-    •  l"         v:  .it 

24 -nS  onpo  pen  DnarrnK  2>mm    :  cretei  npS 

I-:  v|v    ■       I-     :     --  at  tit  »  wt:i-  |t     •  k- \ 

CAPUT  4.     1 

tt  iSm  nnrn  ihr'N  mrrnN  y°r  dinjti 

V    J-    - A      :         '  JT"  ITT  T  T  JT      : 

2  ^pni   :  r?ip??vw  b^n  *C^.pT  1&tffii  J?jrn|t 

rtfi  nyi  Snrnm  Starrrw   vrus-riN  mSS 

I  ••     j  v      v  •    :i  -  vat  v  v.-    t  v  ......  T 

3  VP  ton  d*o*  TPQ  ,rn   J-nonN*  isy  rvrr  pjbi 

I'  I-  ••  t-  A' T      I    IJ" "        f  »~      ,  it    T~  >■  ITT      }']-: 

4  N»in"DJ  *r3fi  Sfm  :  rrirrS  nnjo  no-ncrr  nsa 

y  -  ;■    ••  V    v  it         i-  \.t  :     •  ;t     t  -:  it         s-  :      • 

..  IV  ...  T       :  -  j-      Jav  ••    :    V  I"  i  i       :     ■ 

n  -inn  rtrir'  n*S  innja-\\%i  rp-S^i  :  inmo-SN*1! 

-<■  -  at  t  j  v      t    :    •  .'    :     I  •  \i-  ••    :  it:-  v    : 


GENESIS    CAP.     4.      1. 

rvsh  vr)  "Sn  nirv  no^i  :vjs  iS*n  ijio  pb1? 6 

t  t<     I  •  |at  v  it       :  )  -  it   x  i    :    ■-  :!•)-: 

nKt^  i»tD»n"D«  NiSn  ItVjs  1S2:  naSi  n^  nnn  7 

■•     :  ...  <    -:  I11  J     :  it  t  (.t   :        |  t  tjt 

irtpiirn  n^Ski  p:h  n^tsn  nnsS  rrtbTi  k'S  b*o 

|t      J       :  !    V    •'     :     I   A"  ->t    "  ~  <■'■'   ~  ••  j 

♦m  vhn*  ^h"Sn  pp  iDNivi  :  ia-Siron  rrnKi  s 
:  innm  vnN  ^n-Sj<  pn>  opn  rntra  Dnrra 
xh  SoN»n  ?pnN   Snrr  w*  pp"Sw  nirr  -idn*i  9 

j  v  -         I    A'     x  •■  ->■■  1  ■        I  -J-  v  t       :  v         <- 

Sip  rwy  no  "ia*n  ;  »:djn  »nK  ioc>n  wt  ♦ 
nnri    J  no"TNrr-?o  ♦*?**  a»pyi*  Trw  w 11 

it     -  :  it      t-:  it  I    •  1-    ■•  |r     .  1  I      •     t  j-      : 

T  •  V  -IT     :     IT  JV        —  T        T   -:    |T  I      '  T  ^,T  J    T 

nontfnTiK  izyn  ^  :  ttb  ?pnN  wnxnnpS  12 

t      t-:jt  v  -:  1-        <■  I    ivt  )     i-    t       ,  •      :  ■„■  -    \.j~r 

-m*n  :fiN3  rpnn  -m  in  rjS  nnbTin  tiDirtfS  13 

;-        !      vitt         r:   :    r         <.tt       it       |rtT         (,t  •■        I  ,••  i 

♦hfc  nana  fn   :  nic^d  w  Sin-i  hut-Sk  pp  14 

T    :        .-■•       I   •■  i      :     •  1      -:  ;t  at_     :  |  •  d- 

iy  '«n"m  "inpN  tj^sdi  npnxn  ys  Syp  ditt 
rtin*  iS  naan  :  nnrr  \s*yo"S3  rvm  hn:i  iji  id 

t      :        j  j-  1  ■•     :  -  1-       v  1  t         ;t  t    :      I       v  t    t  T-f. 

ppS  ni.T  d#»i  cp*  DTiynjr  pp  nh-Ss  taS 

I-)-:  <T        :  v   t-  I  at-.  •.-,-:•  I -J-  _)••  T        |  !T  / 

y$79  pj7_  Nip  :  iN*vp"S?  iriK  -man  'rra1?  m**  ie 

pf?  #3?i  :  n?*n^ip  "^rns?  3#?a  ^i*? n 

•vy  rya  »rn  i^n  tin  ibrj]  irrni  ine^TiN 
r?i:nS  iSrn  :riijn  U2  d^"3  n»rn  d»*  jopnis 

I         —  1-         <-t--  I     I    -:  J    :  l"    :  •     t  j-  tI'i-- 

b^  SN^noi  SannaTiK  nS»  iVn  iti'tin 

-  t  •.■    T   •     :  a-t      1     :  (  V  i-t  t         :  t    •     • "      v 

v""i3*l  ;  TO'ft?  "}V  S^^npi  SK^«ino"nN  19 
jrtVsn^afr?  d^'i  nir  nn^n  d^s'  d^'j  ^1^'  rioh 

it    ■  !.■   •■    -  ;••     :  tt  -    -    it  <••  A-    T      j-    :  |v'V 

V      I,  ;"  •      -.  T  T  J  AT  T  V  I.T"?  V  "••    ~ 

irsn"SD  *5n  n*n  nih  S^v  vhn*  d^'i  :njpD?i2i 

^'  T  •    -:  tt  -1  at  y    t  ;••     :  ,v|:    ■        *** 

Pjb  S^irrn^  hnS*  ^iri'DJ  n^vi   •  sim  lip  22 
♦7ip  |yp^'  rrSv")  niy  v^V?  r|pS  np,\*h  :  npyj23 


cap.  4, 5.   m  rwjOD 
♦ysflb  ;nnn  &v*n  »a  'moN1  ™»Jn  nob  »^ 

*»■:•:  ■    s    -t  <■  J         A"      t  :     •  TV—:  i-        I  v  v        j-    I 

nn  p  nbni  intfarrw  nir  onN  inn  :  niofi 

nrm  rnr  crnbtt  *b  -w  »d  n&*  iDtfviK  anpni 

26  -nV  flhrroj  rw'b1)    :  pp  fain  »3  ban  nnn 

-  ••  -  J--      :  I     I  it        i.     t  -:  y  v    v  -  j- 

ojy'3  xnpb  bmn  tN  B^j}  W'n**  Kjjjpfi  f| 
d  :  ni.T 

it       : 

CAPUT  5.    n 

k  din*  crtfbN  tfna  Di»a  d-tk  nnbin  nab  nr 

t  t  v:  <  :  :  AT  T  i  :         i  jv 

2  Dana  nnpji  -or    :  ma  nn  dtt^n  rno-o 

At     t  :  vr  |  ••  :  ;t  t  i  it      t  <•         •_•:  ;      :   • 

:  Dxnnn  ova  d-u\*  DDtfviN  iopn  ddn*  rj-on 

it     :  it    •  ^   :  t  t  t    :  :■  <t|  :  ■  -  t  |    ',-jt  :  - 

3  iobva  iniona  ibi»i  nitr*  h^oi  o»#S#  din*  *nn 

^    :     -    :  i  :    ■  V      ^  -        T,T  -    :  <•  .  t  t         j-   ;i- 

:  nuni  o»ja  nbn  nj#  n**D  njbts^  n^nK 

it  i-  t  v      ;  -        ivr  t  i    •■  iv        : 

n  ny&  ni»o  Wn  *rrn^'N  d^  »D*"b3  vrr*i 

t  t  ••  <-      :  -  v     -:  T  T         <■•  :  T  ;  I  •  - 

6  ntHiTi  d  ;  nb»i  rw  d»#W* 

•    :i-  l  T-         att  i-         : 

7  n??-,rn  :  B>'ij*rn#  nbi;i  njtr  ngpi  dw"  B>pn 
niND  ryot^  dw'  vz&  cr'iJN-nN  i-rbin  hrm 

i     •■  ;v  :  ■   t  -  j-  ■::  V  j       •        i  •■-:  |- 

8  d*W  nfc>"»D*~bb  ViTi  :  ni^nn  D^a  nbvi  rnp 

<■•    :  ••  ■    :  t  :  r  -  it  r  t  V     j-        iVtt 

d       :  nb*i  n:r  ni»o  y^ni  nit?  jrifew 

i  t-       at  t  i  ••    m  r-  t  t  •• :      ■ 

9  :  ?j*p"r»N  nbn  rut?   own  vftix  'rm 

Iit   |-  v  •.•(.-         att  -j-  :  i  v:        r    :i- 

•  ■ :      v        ;;<••   -:       It    |"  j     •       i  ■■-:  I-  v:         j- :i- 

•  nijm  d^3  ibn  rW  nitfo  rrioB^  nitf 

it  l-  t  •:     i~         at  t  i    •■  jv        :  .  t 

FINIS. 


